| 1 | // Licensed to the .NET Foundation under one or more agreements. |
| 2 | // The .NET Foundation licenses this file to you under the MIT license. |
| 3 | // See the LICENSE file in the project root for more information. |
| 4 | //***************************************************************************** |
| 5 | // File: daccess.cpp |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // ClrDataAccess implementation. |
| 10 | // |
| 11 | //***************************************************************************** |
| 12 | |
| 13 | #include "stdafx.h" |
| 14 | #include <clrdata.h> |
| 15 | #include "typestring.h" |
| 16 | #include "holder.h" |
| 17 | #include "debuginfostore.h" |
| 18 | #include "peimagelayout.inl" |
| 19 | #include "datatargetadapter.h" |
| 20 | #include "readonlydatatargetfacade.h" |
| 21 | #include "metadataexports.h" |
| 22 | #include "excep.h" |
| 23 | #include "debugger.h" |
| 24 | #include "dwreport.h" |
| 25 | #include "primitives.h" |
| 26 | #include "dbgutil.h" |
| 27 | #ifdef FEATURE_PAL |
| 28 | #include <dactablerva.h> |
| 29 | #endif |
| 30 | |
| 31 | #include "dwbucketmanager.hpp" |
| 32 | #include "gcinterface.dac.h" |
| 33 | |
| 34 | // To include definiton of IsThrowableThreadAbortException |
| 35 | // #include <exstatecommon.h> |
| 36 | |
| 37 | CRITICAL_SECTION g_dacCritSec; |
| 38 | ClrDataAccess* g_dacImpl; |
| 39 | HINSTANCE g_thisModule; |
| 40 | |
| 41 | extern VOID STDMETHODCALLTYPE TLS_FreeMasterSlotIndex(); |
| 42 | |
| 43 | EXTERN_C BOOL WINAPI |
| 44 | DllMain(HANDLE instance, DWORD reason, LPVOID reserved) |
| 45 | { |
| 46 | static bool g_procInitialized = false; |
| 47 | |
| 48 | switch(reason) |
| 49 | { |
| 50 | case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH: |
| 51 | { |
| 52 | if (g_procInitialized) |
| 53 | { |
| 54 | #ifdef FEATURE_PAL |
| 55 | // Double initialization can happen on Unix |
| 56 | // in case of manual load of DAC shared lib and calling DllMain |
| 57 | // not a big deal, we just ignore it. |
| 58 | return TRUE; |
| 59 | #else |
| 60 | return FALSE; |
| 61 | #endif |
| 62 | } |
| 63 | |
| 64 | #ifdef FEATURE_PAL |
| 65 | int err = PAL_InitializeDLL(); |
| 66 | if(err != 0) |
| 67 | { |
| 68 | return FALSE; |
| 69 | } |
| 70 | #endif |
| 71 | InitializeCriticalSection(&g_dacCritSec); |
| 72 | |
| 73 | // Save the module handle. |
| 74 | g_thisModule = (HINSTANCE)instance; |
| 75 | |
| 76 | g_procInitialized = true; |
| 77 | break; |
| 78 | } |
| 79 | |
| 80 | case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH: |
| 81 | // It's possible for this to be called without ATTACH completing (eg. if it failed) |
| 82 | if (g_procInitialized) |
| 83 | { |
| 84 | DeleteCriticalSection(&g_dacCritSec); |
| 85 | } |
| 86 | #ifndef FEATURE_PAL |
| 87 | TLS_FreeMasterSlotIndex(); |
| 88 | #endif |
| 89 | g_procInitialized = false; |
| 90 | break; |
| 91 | } |
| 92 | |
| 93 | return TRUE; |
| 94 | } |
| 95 | |
| 96 | HINSTANCE |
| 97 | GetModuleInst(void) |
| 98 | { |
| 99 | return g_thisModule; |
| 100 | } |
| 101 | |
| 102 | HRESULT |
| 103 | ConvertUtf8(__in LPCUTF8 utf8, |
| 104 | ULONG32 bufLen, |
| 105 | ULONG32* nameLen, |
| 106 | __out_ecount_part_opt(bufLen, *nameLen) PWSTR buffer) |
| 107 | { |
| 108 | if (nameLen) |
| 109 | { |
| 110 | *nameLen = WszMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, utf8, -1, NULL, 0); |
| 111 | if (!*nameLen) |
| 112 | { |
| 113 | return HRESULT_FROM_GetLastError(); |
| 114 | } |
| 115 | } |
| 116 | |
| 117 | if (buffer && bufLen) |
| 118 | { |
| 119 | if (!WszMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, utf8, -1, buffer, bufLen)) |
| 120 | { |
| 121 | return HRESULT_FROM_GetLastError(); |
| 122 | } |
| 123 | } |
| 124 | |
| 125 | return S_OK; |
| 126 | } |
| 127 | |
| 128 | HRESULT |
| 129 | AllocUtf8(__in_opt LPCWSTR wstr, |
| 130 | ULONG32 srcChars, |
| 131 | __deref_out LPUTF8* utf8) |
| 132 | { |
| 133 | ULONG32 chars = WszWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wstr, srcChars, |
| 134 | NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); |
| 135 | if (!chars) |
| 136 | { |
| 137 | return HRESULT_FROM_GetLastError(); |
| 138 | } |
| 139 | |
| 140 | // Make sure the converted string is always terminated. |
| 141 | if (srcChars != (ULONG32)-1) |
| 142 | { |
| 143 | if (!ClrSafeInt<ULONG32>::addition(chars, 1, chars)) |
| 144 | { |
| 145 | return HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW); |
| 146 | } |
| 147 | } |
| 148 | |
| 149 | char* mem = new (nothrow) char[chars]; |
| 150 | if (!mem) |
| 151 | { |
| 152 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 153 | } |
| 154 | |
| 155 | if (!WszWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wstr, srcChars, |
| 156 | mem, chars, NULL, NULL)) |
| 157 | { |
| 158 | HRESULT hr = HRESULT_FROM_GetLastError(); |
| 159 | delete [] mem; |
| 160 | return hr; |
| 161 | } |
| 162 | |
| 163 | if (srcChars != (ULONG32)-1) |
| 164 | { |
| 165 | mem[chars - 1] = 0; |
| 166 | } |
| 167 | |
| 168 | *utf8 = mem; |
| 169 | return S_OK; |
| 170 | } |
| 171 | |
| 172 | HRESULT |
| 173 | GetFullClassNameFromMetadata(IMDInternalImport* mdImport, |
| 174 | mdTypeDef classToken, |
| 175 | ULONG32 bufferChars, |
| 176 | __inout_ecount(bufferChars) LPUTF8 buffer) |
| 177 | { |
| 178 | HRESULT hr; |
| 179 | LPCUTF8 baseName, namespaceName; |
| 180 | |
| 181 | IfFailRet(mdImport->GetNameOfTypeDef(classToken, &baseName, &namespaceName)); |
| 182 | return ns::MakePath(buffer, bufferChars, namespaceName, baseName) ? |
| 183 | S_OK : E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 184 | } |
| 185 | |
| 186 | HRESULT |
| 187 | GetFullMethodNameFromMetadata(IMDInternalImport* mdImport, |
| 188 | mdMethodDef methodToken, |
| 189 | ULONG32 bufferChars, |
| 190 | __inout_ecount(bufferChars) LPUTF8 buffer) |
| 191 | { |
| 192 | HRESULT status; |
| 193 | HRESULT hr; |
| 194 | mdTypeDef classToken; |
| 195 | size_t len; |
| 196 | |
| 197 | if (mdImport->GetParentToken(methodToken, &classToken) == S_OK) |
| 198 | { |
| 199 | if ((status = |
| 200 | GetFullClassNameFromMetadata(mdImport, classToken, |
| 201 | bufferChars, buffer)) != S_OK) |
| 202 | { |
| 203 | return status; |
| 204 | } |
| 205 | |
| 206 | len = strlen(buffer); |
| 207 | buffer += len; |
| 208 | bufferChars -= static_cast<ULONG32>(len) + 1; |
| 209 | |
| 210 | if (!bufferChars) |
| 211 | { |
| 212 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 213 | } |
| 214 | |
| 215 | *buffer++ = NAMESPACE_SEPARATOR_CHAR; |
| 216 | } |
| 217 | |
| 218 | LPCUTF8 methodName; |
| 219 | IfFailRet(mdImport->GetNameOfMethodDef(methodToken, &methodName)); |
| 220 | // Review conversion of size_t to ULONG32. |
| 221 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| 222 | #pragma warning(push) |
| 223 | #pragma warning(disable:4267) |
| 224 | #endif |
| 225 | len = strlen(methodName); |
| 226 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| 227 | #pragma warning(pop) |
| 228 | #endif |
| 229 | if (len >= bufferChars) |
| 230 | { |
| 231 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 232 | } |
| 233 | |
| 234 | strcpy_s(buffer, bufferChars, methodName); |
| 235 | return S_OK; |
| 236 | } |
| 237 | |
| 238 | HRESULT |
| 239 | SplitFullName(__in_z __in PCWSTR fullName, |
| 240 | SplitSyntax syntax, |
| 241 | ULONG32 memberDots, |
| 242 | __deref_out_opt LPUTF8* namespaceName, |
| 243 | __deref_out_opt LPUTF8* typeName, |
| 244 | __deref_out_opt LPUTF8* memberName, |
| 245 | __deref_out_opt LPUTF8* params) |
| 246 | { |
| 247 | HRESULT status; |
| 248 | PCWSTR paramsStart, memberStart, memberEnd, typeStart; |
| 249 | |
| 250 | if (!*fullName) |
| 251 | { |
| 252 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 253 | } |
| 254 | |
| 255 | // |
| 256 | // Split off parameters. |
| 257 | // |
| 258 | |
| 259 | paramsStart = wcschr(fullName, W('(')); |
| 260 | if (paramsStart) |
| 261 | { |
| 262 | if (syntax != SPLIT_METHOD || |
| 263 | paramsStart == fullName) |
| 264 | { |
| 265 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 266 | } |
| 267 | |
| 268 | if ((status = AllocUtf8(paramsStart, (ULONG32)-1, params)) != S_OK) |
| 269 | { |
| 270 | return status; |
| 271 | } |
| 272 | |
| 273 | memberEnd = paramsStart - 1; |
| 274 | } |
| 275 | else |
| 276 | { |
| 277 | *params = NULL; |
| 278 | memberEnd = fullName + (wcslen(fullName) - 1); |
| 279 | } |
| 280 | |
| 281 | if (syntax != SPLIT_TYPE) |
| 282 | { |
| 283 | // |
| 284 | // Split off member name. |
| 285 | // |
| 286 | |
| 287 | memberStart = memberEnd; |
| 288 | |
| 289 | for (;;) |
| 290 | { |
| 291 | while (memberStart >= fullName && |
| 292 | *memberStart != W('.')) |
| 293 | { |
| 294 | memberStart--; |
| 295 | } |
| 296 | |
| 297 | // Some member names (e.g. .ctor and .dtor) have |
| 298 | // dots, so go back to the first dot. |
| 299 | while (memberStart > fullName && |
| 300 | memberStart[-1] == W('.')) |
| 301 | { |
| 302 | memberStart--; |
| 303 | } |
| 304 | |
| 305 | if (memberStart <= fullName) |
| 306 | { |
| 307 | if (memberDots > 0) |
| 308 | { |
| 309 | // Caller expected dots in the |
| 310 | // member name and they weren't found. |
| 311 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 312 | goto DelParams; |
| 313 | } |
| 314 | |
| 315 | break; |
| 316 | } |
| 317 | else if (memberDots == 0) |
| 318 | { |
| 319 | break; |
| 320 | } |
| 321 | |
| 322 | memberStart--; |
| 323 | memberDots--; |
| 324 | } |
| 325 | |
| 326 | memberStart++; |
| 327 | if (memberStart > memberEnd) |
| 328 | { |
| 329 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 330 | goto DelParams; |
| 331 | } |
| 332 | |
| 333 | if ((status = AllocUtf8(memberStart, (ULONG32) |
| 334 | (memberEnd - memberStart) + 1, |
| 335 | memberName)) != S_OK) |
| 336 | { |
| 337 | goto DelParams; |
| 338 | } |
| 339 | } |
| 340 | else |
| 341 | { |
| 342 | *memberName = NULL; |
| 343 | memberStart = memberEnd + 2; |
| 344 | } |
| 345 | |
| 346 | // |
| 347 | // Split off type name. |
| 348 | // |
| 349 | |
| 350 | if (memberStart > fullName) |
| 351 | { |
| 352 | // Must have at least one character for the type |
| 353 | // name. If there was a member name, there must |
| 354 | // also be a separator. |
| 355 | if (memberStart < fullName + 2) |
| 356 | { |
| 357 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 358 | goto DelMember; |
| 359 | } |
| 360 | |
| 361 | typeStart = memberStart - 2; |
| 362 | while (typeStart >= fullName && |
| 363 | *typeStart != W('.')) |
| 364 | { |
| 365 | typeStart--; |
| 366 | } |
| 367 | typeStart++; |
| 368 | |
| 369 | if ((status = AllocUtf8(typeStart, (ULONG32) |
| 370 | (memberStart - typeStart) - 1, |
| 371 | typeName)) != S_OK) |
| 372 | { |
| 373 | goto DelMember; |
| 374 | } |
| 375 | } |
| 376 | else |
| 377 | { |
| 378 | *typeName = NULL; |
| 379 | typeStart = fullName; |
| 380 | } |
| 381 | |
| 382 | // |
| 383 | // Namespace must be the rest. |
| 384 | // |
| 385 | |
| 386 | if (typeStart > fullName) |
| 387 | { |
| 388 | if ((status = AllocUtf8(fullName, (ULONG32) |
| 389 | (typeStart - fullName) - 1, |
| 390 | namespaceName)) != S_OK) |
| 391 | { |
| 392 | goto DelType; |
| 393 | } |
| 394 | } |
| 395 | else |
| 396 | { |
| 397 | *namespaceName = NULL; |
| 398 | } |
| 399 | |
| 400 | return S_OK; |
| 401 | |
| 402 | DelType: |
| 403 | delete [] (*typeName); |
| 404 | DelMember: |
| 405 | delete [] (*memberName); |
| 406 | DelParams: |
| 407 | delete [] (*params); |
| 408 | return status; |
| 409 | } |
| 410 | |
| 411 | int |
| 412 | CompareUtf8(__in LPCUTF8 str1, __in LPCUTF8 str2, __in ULONG32 nameFlags) |
| 413 | { |
| 414 | if (nameFlags & CLRDATA_BYNAME_CASE_INSENSITIVE) |
| 415 | { |
| 416 | // XXX Microsoft - Convert to Unicode? |
| 417 | return SString::_stricmp(str1, str2); |
| 418 | } |
| 419 | |
| 420 | return strcmp(str1, str2); |
| 421 | } |
| 422 | |
| 423 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 424 | // |
| 425 | // MetaEnum. |
| 426 | // |
| 427 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 428 | |
| 429 | HRESULT |
| 430 | MetaEnum::Start(IMDInternalImport* mdImport, ULONG32 kind, |
| 431 | mdToken container) |
| 432 | { |
| 433 | HRESULT status; |
| 434 | |
| 435 | switch(kind) |
| 436 | { |
| 437 | case mdtTypeDef: |
| 438 | status = mdImport->EnumTypeDefInit(&m_enum); |
| 439 | break; |
| 440 | case mdtMethodDef: |
| 441 | case mdtFieldDef: |
| 442 | status = mdImport->EnumInit(kind, container, &m_enum); |
| 443 | break; |
| 444 | default: |
| 445 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 446 | } |
| 447 | if (status != S_OK) |
| 448 | { |
| 449 | return status; |
| 450 | } |
| 451 | |
| 452 | m_mdImport = mdImport; |
| 453 | m_kind = kind; |
| 454 | |
| 455 | return S_OK; |
| 456 | } |
| 457 | |
| 458 | void |
| 459 | MetaEnum::End(void) |
| 460 | { |
| 461 | if (!m_mdImport) |
| 462 | { |
| 463 | return; |
| 464 | } |
| 465 | |
| 466 | switch(m_kind) |
| 467 | { |
| 468 | case mdtTypeDef: |
| 469 | m_mdImport->EnumTypeDefClose(&m_enum); |
| 470 | break; |
| 471 | case mdtMethodDef: |
| 472 | case mdtFieldDef: |
| 473 | m_mdImport->EnumClose(&m_enum); |
| 474 | break; |
| 475 | } |
| 476 | |
| 477 | Clear(); |
| 478 | } |
| 479 | |
| 480 | HRESULT |
| 481 | MetaEnum::NextToken(mdToken* token, |
| 482 | __deref_opt_out_opt LPCUTF8* namespaceName, |
| 483 | __deref_opt_out_opt LPCUTF8* name) |
| 484 | { |
| 485 | HRESULT hr; |
| 486 | if (!m_mdImport) |
| 487 | { |
| 488 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 489 | } |
| 490 | |
| 491 | switch(m_kind) |
| 492 | { |
| 493 | case mdtTypeDef: |
| 494 | if (!m_mdImport->EnumTypeDefNext(&m_enum, token)) |
| 495 | { |
| 496 | return S_FALSE; |
| 497 | } |
| 498 | m_lastToken = *token; |
| 499 | if (namespaceName || name) |
| 500 | { |
| 501 | LPCSTR _name, _namespaceName; |
| 502 | |
| 503 | IfFailRet(m_mdImport->GetNameOfTypeDef(*token, &_name, &_namespaceName)); |
| 504 | if (namespaceName) |
| 505 | { |
| 506 | *namespaceName = _namespaceName; |
| 507 | } |
| 508 | if (name) |
| 509 | { |
| 510 | *name = _name; |
| 511 | } |
| 512 | } |
| 513 | return S_OK; |
| 514 | |
| 515 | case mdtMethodDef: |
| 516 | if (!m_mdImport->EnumNext(&m_enum, token)) |
| 517 | { |
| 518 | return S_FALSE; |
| 519 | } |
| 520 | m_lastToken = *token; |
| 521 | if (namespaceName) |
| 522 | { |
| 523 | *namespaceName = NULL; |
| 524 | } |
| 525 | if (name != NULL) |
| 526 | { |
| 527 | IfFailRet(m_mdImport->GetNameOfMethodDef(*token, name)); |
| 528 | } |
| 529 | return S_OK; |
| 530 | |
| 531 | case mdtFieldDef: |
| 532 | if (!m_mdImport->EnumNext(&m_enum, token)) |
| 533 | { |
| 534 | return S_FALSE; |
| 535 | } |
| 536 | m_lastToken = *token; |
| 537 | if (namespaceName) |
| 538 | { |
| 539 | *namespaceName = NULL; |
| 540 | } |
| 541 | if (name != NULL) |
| 542 | { |
| 543 | IfFailRet(m_mdImport->GetNameOfFieldDef(*token, name)); |
| 544 | } |
| 545 | return S_OK; |
| 546 | |
| 547 | default: |
| 548 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 549 | } |
| 550 | } |
| 551 | |
| 552 | HRESULT |
| 553 | MetaEnum::NextDomainToken(AppDomain** appDomain, |
| 554 | mdToken* token) |
| 555 | { |
| 556 | HRESULT status; |
| 557 | |
| 558 | if (m_appDomain) |
| 559 | { |
| 560 | // Use only the caller-provided app domain. |
| 561 | *appDomain = m_appDomain; |
| 562 | return NextToken(token, NULL, NULL); |
| 563 | } |
| 564 | |
| 565 | // |
| 566 | // Splay tokens across all app domains. |
| 567 | // |
| 568 | |
| 569 | for (;;) |
| 570 | { |
| 571 | if (m_lastToken == mdTokenNil) |
| 572 | { |
| 573 | // Need to fetch a token. |
| 574 | if ((status = NextToken(token, NULL, NULL)) != S_OK) |
| 575 | { |
| 576 | return status; |
| 577 | } |
| 578 | |
| 579 | m_domainIter.Init(); |
| 580 | } |
| 581 | |
| 582 | if (m_domainIter.Next()) |
| 583 | { |
| 584 | break; |
| 585 | } |
| 586 | |
| 587 | m_lastToken = mdTokenNil; |
| 588 | } |
| 589 | |
| 590 | *appDomain = m_domainIter.GetDomain(); |
| 591 | *token = m_lastToken; |
| 592 | |
| 593 | return S_OK; |
| 594 | } |
| 595 | |
| 596 | HRESULT |
| 597 | MetaEnum::NextTokenByName(__in_opt LPCUTF8 namespaceName, |
| 598 | __in_opt LPCUTF8 name, |
| 599 | ULONG32 nameFlags, |
| 600 | mdToken* token) |
| 601 | { |
| 602 | HRESULT status; |
| 603 | LPCUTF8 tokNamespace, tokName; |
| 604 | |
| 605 | for (;;) |
| 606 | { |
| 607 | if ((status = NextToken(token, &tokNamespace, &tokName)) != S_OK) |
| 608 | { |
| 609 | return status; |
| 610 | } |
| 611 | |
| 612 | if (namespaceName && |
| 613 | (!tokNamespace || |
| 614 | CompareUtf8(namespaceName, tokNamespace, nameFlags) != 0)) |
| 615 | { |
| 616 | continue; |
| 617 | } |
| 618 | if (name && |
| 619 | (!tokName || |
| 620 | CompareUtf8(name, tokName, nameFlags) != 0)) |
| 621 | { |
| 622 | continue; |
| 623 | } |
| 624 | |
| 625 | return S_OK; |
| 626 | } |
| 627 | } |
| 628 | |
| 629 | HRESULT |
| 630 | MetaEnum::NextDomainTokenByName(__in_opt LPCUTF8 namespaceName, |
| 631 | __in_opt LPCUTF8 name, |
| 632 | ULONG32 nameFlags, |
| 633 | AppDomain** appDomain, mdToken* token) |
| 634 | { |
| 635 | HRESULT status; |
| 636 | |
| 637 | if (m_appDomain) |
| 638 | { |
| 639 | // Use only the caller-provided app domain. |
| 640 | *appDomain = m_appDomain; |
| 641 | return NextTokenByName(namespaceName, name, nameFlags, token); |
| 642 | } |
| 643 | |
| 644 | // |
| 645 | // Splay tokens across all app domains. |
| 646 | // |
| 647 | |
| 648 | for (;;) |
| 649 | { |
| 650 | if (m_lastToken == mdTokenNil) |
| 651 | { |
| 652 | // Need to fetch a token. |
| 653 | if ((status = NextTokenByName(namespaceName, name, nameFlags, |
| 654 | token)) != S_OK) |
| 655 | { |
| 656 | return status; |
| 657 | } |
| 658 | |
| 659 | m_domainIter.Init(); |
| 660 | } |
| 661 | |
| 662 | if (m_domainIter.Next()) |
| 663 | { |
| 664 | break; |
| 665 | } |
| 666 | |
| 667 | m_lastToken = mdTokenNil; |
| 668 | } |
| 669 | |
| 670 | *appDomain = m_domainIter.GetDomain(); |
| 671 | *token = m_lastToken; |
| 672 | |
| 673 | return S_OK; |
| 674 | } |
| 675 | |
| 676 | HRESULT |
| 677 | MetaEnum::New(Module* mod, |
| 678 | ULONG32 kind, |
| 679 | mdToken container, |
| 680 | IXCLRDataAppDomain* pubAppDomain, |
| 681 | MetaEnum** metaEnumRet, |
| 682 | CLRDATA_ENUM* handle) |
| 683 | { |
| 684 | HRESULT status; |
| 685 | MetaEnum* metaEnum; |
| 686 | |
| 687 | if (handle) |
| 688 | { |
| 689 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(NULL); |
| 690 | } |
| 691 | |
| 692 | if (!mod->GetFile()->HasMetadata()) |
| 693 | { |
| 694 | return S_FALSE; |
| 695 | } |
| 696 | |
| 697 | metaEnum = new (nothrow) MetaEnum; |
| 698 | if (!metaEnum) |
| 699 | { |
| 700 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 701 | } |
| 702 | |
| 703 | if ((status = metaEnum-> |
| 704 | Start(mod->GetMDImport(), kind, container)) != S_OK) |
| 705 | { |
| 706 | delete metaEnum; |
| 707 | return status; |
| 708 | } |
| 709 | |
| 710 | if (pubAppDomain) |
| 711 | { |
| 712 | metaEnum->m_appDomain = |
| 713 | ((ClrDataAppDomain*)pubAppDomain)->GetAppDomain(); |
| 714 | } |
| 715 | |
| 716 | if (metaEnumRet) |
| 717 | { |
| 718 | *metaEnumRet = metaEnum; |
| 719 | } |
| 720 | if (handle) |
| 721 | { |
| 722 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(metaEnum); |
| 723 | } |
| 724 | return S_OK; |
| 725 | } |
| 726 | |
| 727 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 728 | // |
| 729 | // SplitName |
| 730 | // |
| 731 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 732 | |
| 733 | SplitName::SplitName(SplitSyntax syntax, ULONG32 nameFlags, |
| 734 | ULONG32 memberDots) |
| 735 | { |
| 736 | m_syntax = syntax; |
| 737 | m_nameFlags = nameFlags; |
| 738 | m_memberDots = memberDots; |
| 739 | |
| 740 | Clear(); |
| 741 | } |
| 742 | |
| 743 | void |
| 744 | SplitName::Delete(void) |
| 745 | { |
| 746 | delete [] m_namespaceName; |
| 747 | m_namespaceName = NULL; |
| 748 | delete [] m_typeName; |
| 749 | m_typeName = NULL; |
| 750 | delete [] m_memberName; |
| 751 | m_memberName = NULL; |
| 752 | delete [] m_params; |
| 753 | m_params = NULL; |
| 754 | } |
| 755 | |
| 756 | void |
| 757 | SplitName::Clear(void) |
| 758 | { |
| 759 | m_namespaceName = NULL; |
| 760 | m_typeName = NULL; |
| 761 | m_typeToken = mdTypeDefNil; |
| 762 | m_memberName = NULL; |
| 763 | m_memberToken = mdTokenNil; |
| 764 | m_params = NULL; |
| 765 | |
| 766 | m_tlsThread = NULL; |
| 767 | m_metaEnum.m_appDomain = NULL; |
| 768 | m_module = NULL; |
| 769 | m_lastField = NULL; |
| 770 | } |
| 771 | |
| 772 | HRESULT |
| 773 | SplitName::SplitString(__in_opt PCWSTR fullName) |
| 774 | { |
| 775 | if (m_syntax == SPLIT_NO_NAME) |
| 776 | { |
| 777 | if (fullName) |
| 778 | { |
| 779 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 780 | } |
| 781 | |
| 782 | return S_OK; |
| 783 | } |
| 784 | else if (!fullName) |
| 785 | { |
| 786 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 787 | } |
| 788 | |
| 789 | return SplitFullName(fullName, |
| 790 | m_syntax, |
| 791 | m_memberDots, |
| 792 | &m_namespaceName, |
| 793 | &m_typeName, |
| 794 | &m_memberName, |
| 795 | &m_params); |
| 796 | } |
| 797 | |
| 798 | FORCEINLINE |
| 799 | WCHAR* wcrscan(LPCWSTR beg, LPCWSTR end, WCHAR ch) |
| 800 | { |
| 801 | //_ASSERTE(beg <= end); |
| 802 | WCHAR *p; |
| 803 | for (p = (WCHAR*)end; p >= beg; --p) |
| 804 | { |
| 805 | if (*p == ch) |
| 806 | break; |
| 807 | } |
| 808 | return p; |
| 809 | } |
| 810 | |
| 811 | // This functions allocates a new UTF8 string that contains the classname |
| 812 | // lying between the current sepName and the previous sepName. E.g. for a |
| 813 | // class name of "Outer+middler+inner" when sepName points to the NULL |
| 814 | // terminator this function will return "inner" in pResult and will update |
| 815 | // sepName to point to the second '+' character in the string. When sepName |
| 816 | // points to the first '+' character this function will return "Outer" in |
| 817 | // pResult and sepName will point one WCHAR before fullName. |
| 818 | HRESULT NextEnclosingClasName(LPCWSTR fullName, __deref_inout LPWSTR& sepName, __deref_out LPUTF8 *pResult) |
| 819 | { |
| 820 | if (sepName < fullName) |
| 821 | { |
| 822 | return E_FAIL; |
| 823 | } |
| 824 | //_ASSERTE(*sepName == W('\0') || *sepName == W('+') || *sepName == W('/')); |
| 825 | |
| 826 | LPWSTR origInnerName = sepName-1; |
| 827 | if ((sepName = wcrscan(fullName, origInnerName, W('+'))) < fullName) |
| 828 | { |
| 829 | sepName = wcrscan(fullName, origInnerName, W('/')); |
| 830 | } |
| 831 | |
| 832 | return AllocUtf8(sepName+1, static_cast<ULONG32>(origInnerName-sepName), pResult); |
| 833 | } |
| 834 | |
| 835 | bool |
| 836 | SplitName::FindType(IMDInternalImport* mdInternal) |
| 837 | { |
| 838 | if (m_typeToken != mdTypeDefNil) |
| 839 | { |
| 840 | return true; |
| 841 | } |
| 842 | |
| 843 | if (!m_typeName) |
| 844 | { |
| 845 | return false; |
| 846 | } |
| 847 | |
| 848 | if ((m_namespaceName == NULL || m_namespaceName[0] == '\0') |
| 849 | && (CompareUtf8(COR_MODULE_CLASS, m_typeName, m_nameFlags)==0)) |
| 850 | { |
| 851 | m_typeToken = TokenFromRid(1, mdtTypeDef); // <Module> class always has a RID of 1. |
| 852 | return true; |
| 853 | } |
| 854 | |
| 855 | MetaEnum metaEnum; |
| 856 | |
| 857 | if (metaEnum.Start(mdInternal, mdtTypeDef, mdTypeDefNil) != S_OK) |
| 858 | { |
| 859 | return false; |
| 860 | } |
| 861 | |
| 862 | LPUTF8 curClassName; |
| 863 | |
| 864 | ULONG32 length; |
| 865 | WCHAR wszName[MAX_CLASS_NAME]; |
| 866 | ConvertUtf8(m_typeName, MAX_CLASS_NAME, &length, wszName); |
| 867 | |
| 868 | WCHAR *pHead; |
| 869 | |
| 870 | Retry: |
| 871 | |
| 872 | pHead = wszName + length; |
| 873 | |
| 874 | if (FAILED(NextEnclosingClasName(wszName, pHead, &curClassName))) |
| 875 | { |
| 876 | return false; |
| 877 | } |
| 878 | |
| 879 | // an inner class has an empty namespace associated with it |
| 880 | HRESULT hr = metaEnum.NextTokenByName((pHead < wszName) ? m_namespaceName : "" , |
| 881 | curClassName, |
| 882 | m_nameFlags, |
| 883 | &m_typeToken); |
| 884 | delete[] curClassName; |
| 885 | |
| 886 | if (hr != S_OK) |
| 887 | { |
| 888 | // if we didn't find a token with the given name |
| 889 | return false; |
| 890 | } |
| 891 | else if (pHead < wszName) |
| 892 | { |
| 893 | // if we did find a token, *and* the class name given |
| 894 | // does not specify any enclosing class, that's it |
| 895 | return true; |
| 896 | } |
| 897 | else |
| 898 | { |
| 899 | // restart with innermost class |
| 900 | pHead = wszName + length; |
| 901 | mdTypeDef tkInner = m_typeToken; |
| 902 | mdTypeDef tkOuter; |
| 903 | BOOL bRetry = FALSE; |
| 904 | LPUTF8 utf8Name; |
| 905 | |
| 906 | while ( |
| 907 | !bRetry |
| 908 | && SUCCEEDED(NextEnclosingClasName(wszName, pHead, &utf8Name)) |
| 909 | ) |
| 910 | { |
| 911 | if (mdInternal->GetNestedClassProps(tkInner, &tkOuter) != S_OK) |
| 912 | tkOuter = mdTypeDefNil; |
| 913 | |
| 914 | LPCSTR szName, szNS; |
| 915 | if (FAILED(mdInternal->GetNameOfTypeDef(tkInner, &szName, &szNS))) |
| 916 | { |
| 917 | return false; |
| 918 | } |
| 919 | bRetry = (CompareUtf8(utf8Name, szName, m_nameFlags) != 0); |
| 920 | if (!bRetry) |
| 921 | { |
| 922 | // if this is outermost class we need to compare namespaces too |
| 923 | if (tkOuter == mdTypeDefNil) |
| 924 | { |
| 925 | // is this the outermost in the class name, too? |
| 926 | if (pHead < wszName |
| 927 | && CompareUtf8(m_namespaceName ? m_namespaceName : "" , szNS, m_nameFlags) == 0) |
| 928 | { |
| 929 | delete[] utf8Name; |
| 930 | return true; |
| 931 | } |
| 932 | else |
| 933 | { |
| 934 | bRetry = TRUE; |
| 935 | } |
| 936 | } |
| 937 | } |
| 938 | delete[] utf8Name; |
| 939 | tkInner = tkOuter; |
| 940 | } |
| 941 | |
| 942 | goto Retry; |
| 943 | } |
| 944 | |
| 945 | } |
| 946 | |
| 947 | bool |
| 948 | SplitName::FindMethod(IMDInternalImport* mdInternal) |
| 949 | { |
| 950 | if (m_memberToken != mdTokenNil) |
| 951 | { |
| 952 | return true; |
| 953 | } |
| 954 | |
| 955 | if (m_typeToken == mdTypeDefNil || |
| 956 | !m_memberName) |
| 957 | { |
| 958 | return false; |
| 959 | } |
| 960 | |
| 961 | ULONG32 EmptySig = 0; |
| 962 | |
| 963 | // XXX Microsoft - Compare using signature when available. |
| 964 | if (mdInternal->FindMethodDefUsingCompare(m_typeToken, |
| 965 | m_memberName, |
| 966 | (PCCOR_SIGNATURE)&EmptySig, |
| 967 | sizeof(EmptySig), |
| 968 | NULL, |
| 969 | NULL, |
| 970 | &m_memberToken) != S_OK) |
| 971 | { |
| 972 | m_memberToken = mdTokenNil; |
| 973 | return false; |
| 974 | } |
| 975 | |
| 976 | return true; |
| 977 | } |
| 978 | |
| 979 | bool |
| 980 | SplitName::FindField(IMDInternalImport* mdInternal) |
| 981 | { |
| 982 | if (m_memberToken != mdTokenNil) |
| 983 | { |
| 984 | return true; |
| 985 | } |
| 986 | |
| 987 | if (m_typeToken == mdTypeDefNil || |
| 988 | !m_memberName || |
| 989 | m_params) |
| 990 | { |
| 991 | // Can't have params with a field. |
| 992 | return false; |
| 993 | } |
| 994 | |
| 995 | MetaEnum metaEnum; |
| 996 | |
| 997 | if (metaEnum.Start(mdInternal, mdtFieldDef, m_typeToken) != S_OK) |
| 998 | { |
| 999 | return false; |
| 1000 | } |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 | return metaEnum.NextTokenByName(NULL, |
| 1003 | m_memberName, |
| 1004 | m_nameFlags, |
| 1005 | &m_memberToken) == S_OK; |
| 1006 | } |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | HRESULT |
| 1009 | SplitName::AllocAndSplitString(__in_opt PCWSTR fullName, |
| 1010 | SplitSyntax syntax, |
| 1011 | ULONG32 nameFlags, |
| 1012 | ULONG32 memberDots, |
| 1013 | SplitName** split) |
| 1014 | { |
| 1015 | HRESULT status; |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | if (nameFlags & ~(CLRDATA_BYNAME_CASE_SENSITIVE | |
| 1018 | CLRDATA_BYNAME_CASE_INSENSITIVE)) |
| 1019 | { |
| 1020 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 1021 | } |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | *split = new (nothrow) SplitName(syntax, nameFlags, memberDots); |
| 1024 | if (!*split) |
| 1025 | { |
| 1026 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 1027 | } |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | if ((status = (*split)->SplitString(fullName)) != S_OK) |
| 1030 | { |
| 1031 | delete (*split); |
| 1032 | return status; |
| 1033 | } |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | return S_OK; |
| 1036 | } |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | HRESULT |
| 1039 | SplitName::CdStartMethod(__in_opt PCWSTR fullName, |
| 1040 | ULONG32 nameFlags, |
| 1041 | Module* mod, |
| 1042 | mdTypeDef typeToken, |
| 1043 | AppDomain* appDomain, |
| 1044 | IXCLRDataAppDomain* pubAppDomain, |
| 1045 | SplitName** splitRet, |
| 1046 | CLRDATA_ENUM* handle) |
| 1047 | { |
| 1048 | HRESULT status; |
| 1049 | SplitName* split; |
| 1050 | ULONG methDots = 0; |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(NULL); |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | Retry: |
| 1055 | if ((status = SplitName:: |
| 1056 | AllocAndSplitString(fullName, SPLIT_METHOD, nameFlags, |
| 1057 | methDots, &split)) != S_OK) |
| 1058 | { |
| 1059 | return status; |
| 1060 | } |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 | if (typeToken == mdTypeDefNil) |
| 1063 | { |
| 1064 | if (!split->FindType(mod->GetMDImport())) |
| 1065 | { |
| 1066 | bool hasNamespace = split->m_namespaceName != NULL; |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | delete split; |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | // |
| 1071 | // We may have a case where there's an |
| 1072 | // explicitly implemented method which |
| 1073 | // has dots in the name. If it's possible |
| 1074 | // to move the method name dot split |
| 1075 | // back, go ahead and retry that way. |
| 1076 | // |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | if (hasNamespace) |
| 1079 | { |
| 1080 | methDots++; |
| 1081 | goto Retry; |
| 1082 | } |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 1085 | } |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | typeToken = split->m_typeToken; |
| 1088 | } |
| 1089 | else |
| 1090 | { |
| 1091 | if (split->m_namespaceName || split->m_typeName) |
| 1092 | { |
| 1093 | delete split; |
| 1094 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 1095 | } |
| 1096 | } |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | if ((status = split->m_metaEnum. |
| 1099 | Start(mod->GetMDImport(), mdtMethodDef, typeToken)) != S_OK) |
| 1100 | { |
| 1101 | delete split; |
| 1102 | return status; |
| 1103 | } |
| 1104 | |
| 1105 | split->m_metaEnum.m_appDomain = appDomain; |
| 1106 | if (pubAppDomain) |
| 1107 | { |
| 1108 | split->m_metaEnum.m_appDomain = |
| 1109 | ((ClrDataAppDomain*)pubAppDomain)->GetAppDomain(); |
| 1110 | } |
| 1111 | split->m_module = mod; |
| 1112 | |
| 1113 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(split); |
| 1114 | if (splitRet) |
| 1115 | { |
| 1116 | *splitRet = split; |
| 1117 | } |
| 1118 | return S_OK; |
| 1119 | } |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | HRESULT |
| 1122 | SplitName::CdNextMethod(CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 1123 | mdMethodDef* token) |
| 1124 | { |
| 1125 | SplitName* split = FROM_CDENUM(SplitName, *handle); |
| 1126 | if (!split) |
| 1127 | { |
| 1128 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 1129 | } |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | return split->m_metaEnum. |
| 1132 | NextTokenByName(NULL, split->m_memberName, split->m_nameFlags, |
| 1133 | token); |
| 1134 | } |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | HRESULT |
| 1137 | SplitName::CdNextDomainMethod(CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 1138 | AppDomain** appDomain, |
| 1139 | mdMethodDef* token) |
| 1140 | { |
| 1141 | SplitName* split = FROM_CDENUM(SplitName, *handle); |
| 1142 | if (!split) |
| 1143 | { |
| 1144 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 1145 | } |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | return split->m_metaEnum. |
| 1148 | NextDomainTokenByName(NULL, split->m_memberName, split->m_nameFlags, |
| 1149 | appDomain, token); |
| 1150 | } |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | HRESULT |
| 1153 | SplitName::CdStartField(__in_opt PCWSTR fullName, |
| 1154 | ULONG32 nameFlags, |
| 1155 | ULONG32 fieldFlags, |
| 1156 | IXCLRDataTypeInstance* fromTypeInst, |
| 1157 | TypeHandle typeHandle, |
| 1158 | Module* mod, |
| 1159 | mdTypeDef typeToken, |
| 1160 | ULONG64 objBase, |
| 1161 | Thread* tlsThread, |
| 1162 | IXCLRDataTask* pubTlsThread, |
| 1163 | AppDomain* appDomain, |
| 1164 | IXCLRDataAppDomain* pubAppDomain, |
| 1165 | SplitName** splitRet, |
| 1166 | CLRDATA_ENUM* handle) |
| 1167 | { |
| 1168 | HRESULT status; |
| 1169 | SplitName* split; |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(NULL); |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 | if ((status = SplitName:: |
| 1174 | AllocAndSplitString(fullName, |
| 1175 | fullName ? SPLIT_FIELD : SPLIT_NO_NAME, |
| 1176 | nameFlags, 0, |
| 1177 | &split)) != S_OK) |
| 1178 | { |
| 1179 | return status; |
| 1180 | } |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | if (typeHandle.IsNull()) |
| 1183 | { |
| 1184 | if (typeToken == mdTypeDefNil) |
| 1185 | { |
| 1186 | if (!split->FindType(mod->GetMDImport())) |
| 1187 | { |
| 1188 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 1189 | goto Fail; |
| 1190 | } |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 | typeToken = split->m_typeToken; |
| 1193 | } |
| 1194 | else |
| 1195 | { |
| 1196 | if (split->m_namespaceName || split->m_typeName) |
| 1197 | { |
| 1198 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 1199 | goto Fail; |
| 1200 | } |
| 1201 | } |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | // With phased class loading, this may return a partially-loaded type |
| 1204 | // @todo : does this matter? |
| 1205 | typeHandle = mod->LookupTypeDef(split->m_typeToken); |
| 1206 | if (typeHandle.IsNull()) |
| 1207 | { |
| 1208 | status = E_UNEXPECTED; |
| 1209 | goto Fail; |
| 1210 | } |
| 1211 | } |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 | if ((status = InitFieldIter(&split->m_fieldEnum, |
| 1214 | typeHandle, |
| 1215 | true, |
| 1216 | fieldFlags, |
| 1217 | fromTypeInst)) != S_OK) |
| 1218 | { |
| 1219 | goto Fail; |
| 1220 | } |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | split->m_objBase = objBase; |
| 1223 | split->m_tlsThread = tlsThread; |
| 1224 | if (pubTlsThread) |
| 1225 | { |
| 1226 | split->m_tlsThread = ((ClrDataTask*)pubTlsThread)->GetThread(); |
| 1227 | } |
| 1228 | split->m_metaEnum.m_appDomain = appDomain; |
| 1229 | if (pubAppDomain) |
| 1230 | { |
| 1231 | split->m_metaEnum.m_appDomain = |
| 1232 | ((ClrDataAppDomain*)pubAppDomain)->GetAppDomain(); |
| 1233 | } |
| 1234 | split->m_module = mod; |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(split); |
| 1237 | if (splitRet) |
| 1238 | { |
| 1239 | *splitRet = split; |
| 1240 | } |
| 1241 | return S_OK; |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 | Fail: |
| 1244 | delete split; |
| 1245 | return status; |
| 1246 | } |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | HRESULT |
| 1249 | SplitName::CdNextField(ClrDataAccess* dac, |
| 1250 | CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 1251 | IXCLRDataTypeDefinition** fieldType, |
| 1252 | ULONG32* fieldFlags, |
| 1253 | IXCLRDataValue** value, |
| 1254 | ULONG32 nameBufRetLen, |
| 1255 | ULONG32* nameLenRet, |
| 1256 | __out_ecount_part_opt(nameBufRetLen, *nameLenRet) WCHAR nameBufRet[ ], |
| 1257 | IXCLRDataModule** tokenScopeRet, |
| 1258 | mdFieldDef* tokenRet) |
| 1259 | { |
| 1260 | HRESULT status; |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | SplitName* split = FROM_CDENUM(SplitName, *handle); |
| 1263 | if (!split) |
| 1264 | { |
| 1265 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 | FieldDesc* fieldDesc; |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 | while ((fieldDesc = split->m_fieldEnum.Next())) |
| 1271 | { |
| 1272 | if (split->m_syntax != SPLIT_NO_NAME) |
| 1273 | { |
| 1274 | LPCUTF8 fieldName; |
| 1275 | if (FAILED(fieldDesc->GetName_NoThrow(&fieldName)) || |
| 1276 | (split->Compare(split->m_memberName, fieldName) != 0)) |
| 1277 | { |
| 1278 | continue; |
| 1279 | } |
| 1280 | } |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | split->m_lastField = fieldDesc; |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | if (fieldFlags != NULL) |
| 1285 | { |
| 1286 | *fieldFlags = |
| 1287 | GetTypeFieldValueFlags(fieldDesc->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing(), |
| 1288 | fieldDesc, |
| 1289 | split->m_fieldEnum. |
| 1290 | IsFieldFromParentClass() ? |
| 1291 | CLRDATA_FIELD_IS_INHERITED : 0, |
| 1292 | false); |
| 1293 | } |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | if ((nameBufRetLen != 0) || (nameLenRet != NULL)) |
| 1296 | { |
| 1297 | LPCUTF8 szFieldName; |
| 1298 | status = fieldDesc->GetName_NoThrow(&szFieldName); |
| 1299 | if (status != S_OK) |
| 1300 | { |
| 1301 | return status; |
| 1302 | } |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | status = ConvertUtf8( |
| 1305 | szFieldName, |
| 1306 | nameBufRetLen, |
| 1307 | nameLenRet, |
| 1308 | nameBufRet); |
| 1309 | if (status != S_OK) |
| 1310 | { |
| 1311 | return status; |
| 1312 | } |
| 1313 | } |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 | if (tokenScopeRet && !value) |
| 1316 | { |
| 1317 | *tokenScopeRet = new (nothrow) |
| 1318 | ClrDataModule(dac, fieldDesc->GetModule()); |
| 1319 | if (!*tokenScopeRet) |
| 1320 | { |
| 1321 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 1322 | } |
| 1323 | } |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 | if (tokenRet) |
| 1326 | { |
| 1327 | *tokenRet = fieldDesc->GetMemberDef(); |
| 1328 | } |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 | if (fieldType) |
| 1331 | { |
| 1332 | TypeHandle fieldTypeHandle = fieldDesc->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing(); |
| 1333 | *fieldType = new (nothrow) |
| 1334 | ClrDataTypeDefinition(dac, |
| 1335 | fieldTypeHandle.GetModule(), |
| 1336 | fieldTypeHandle.GetMethodTable()->GetCl(), |
| 1337 | fieldTypeHandle); |
| 1338 | if (!*fieldType && tokenScopeRet) |
| 1339 | { |
| 1340 | delete (ClrDataModule*)*tokenScopeRet; |
| 1341 | } |
| 1342 | return *fieldType ? S_OK : E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 1343 | } |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | if (value) |
| 1346 | { |
| 1347 | return ClrDataValue:: |
| 1348 | NewFromFieldDesc(dac, |
| 1349 | split->m_metaEnum.m_appDomain, |
| 1350 | split->m_fieldEnum.IsFieldFromParentClass() ? |
| 1351 | CLRDATA_VALUE_IS_INHERITED : 0, |
| 1352 | fieldDesc, |
| 1353 | split->m_objBase, |
| 1354 | split->m_tlsThread, |
| 1355 | NULL, |
| 1356 | value, |
| 1357 | nameBufRetLen, |
| 1358 | nameLenRet, |
| 1359 | nameBufRet, |
| 1360 | tokenScopeRet, |
| 1361 | tokenRet); |
| 1362 | } |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 | return S_OK; |
| 1365 | } |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | return S_FALSE; |
| 1368 | } |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | HRESULT |
| 1371 | SplitName::CdNextDomainField(ClrDataAccess* dac, |
| 1372 | CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 1373 | IXCLRDataValue** value) |
| 1374 | { |
| 1375 | HRESULT status; |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | SplitName* split = FROM_CDENUM(SplitName, *handle); |
| 1378 | if (!split) |
| 1379 | { |
| 1380 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 1381 | } |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 | if (split->m_metaEnum.m_appDomain) |
| 1384 | { |
| 1385 | // Use only the caller-provided app domain. |
| 1386 | return CdNextField(dac, handle, NULL, NULL, value, |
| 1387 | 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 1388 | } |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 | // |
| 1391 | // Splay fields across all app domains. |
| 1392 | // |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 | for (;;) |
| 1395 | { |
| 1396 | if (!split->m_lastField) |
| 1397 | { |
| 1398 | // Need to fetch a field. |
| 1399 | if ((status = CdNextField(dac, handle, NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 1400 | 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)) != S_OK) |
| 1401 | { |
| 1402 | return status; |
| 1403 | } |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 | split->m_metaEnum.m_domainIter.Init(); |
| 1406 | } |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 | if (split->m_metaEnum.m_domainIter.Next()) |
| 1409 | { |
| 1410 | break; |
| 1411 | } |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 | split->m_lastField = NULL; |
| 1414 | } |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 | return ClrDataValue:: |
| 1417 | NewFromFieldDesc(dac, |
| 1418 | split->m_metaEnum.m_domainIter.GetDomain(), |
| 1419 | split->m_fieldEnum.IsFieldFromParentClass() ? |
| 1420 | CLRDATA_VALUE_IS_INHERITED : 0, |
| 1421 | split->m_lastField, |
| 1422 | split->m_objBase, |
| 1423 | split->m_tlsThread, |
| 1424 | NULL, |
| 1425 | value, |
| 1426 | 0, |
| 1427 | NULL, |
| 1428 | NULL, |
| 1429 | NULL, |
| 1430 | NULL); |
| 1431 | } |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | HRESULT |
| 1434 | SplitName::CdStartType(__in_opt PCWSTR fullName, |
| 1435 | ULONG32 nameFlags, |
| 1436 | Module* mod, |
| 1437 | AppDomain* appDomain, |
| 1438 | IXCLRDataAppDomain* pubAppDomain, |
| 1439 | SplitName** splitRet, |
| 1440 | CLRDATA_ENUM* handle) |
| 1441 | { |
| 1442 | HRESULT status; |
| 1443 | SplitName* split; |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(NULL); |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 | if ((status = SplitName:: |
| 1448 | AllocAndSplitString(fullName, SPLIT_TYPE, nameFlags, 0, |
| 1449 | &split)) != S_OK) |
| 1450 | { |
| 1451 | return status; |
| 1452 | } |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 | if ((status = split->m_metaEnum. |
| 1455 | Start(mod->GetMDImport(), mdtTypeDef, mdTokenNil)) != S_OK) |
| 1456 | { |
| 1457 | delete split; |
| 1458 | return status; |
| 1459 | } |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | split->m_metaEnum.m_appDomain = appDomain; |
| 1462 | if (pubAppDomain) |
| 1463 | { |
| 1464 | split->m_metaEnum.m_appDomain = |
| 1465 | ((ClrDataAppDomain*)pubAppDomain)->GetAppDomain(); |
| 1466 | } |
| 1467 | split->m_module = mod; |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(split); |
| 1470 | if (splitRet) |
| 1471 | { |
| 1472 | *splitRet = split; |
| 1473 | } |
| 1474 | return S_OK; |
| 1475 | } |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | HRESULT |
| 1478 | SplitName::CdNextType(CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 1479 | mdTypeDef* token) |
| 1480 | { |
| 1481 | SplitName* split = FROM_CDENUM(SplitName, *handle); |
| 1482 | if (!split) |
| 1483 | { |
| 1484 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 1485 | } |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | return split->m_metaEnum. |
| 1488 | NextTokenByName(split->m_namespaceName, split->m_typeName, |
| 1489 | split->m_nameFlags, token); |
| 1490 | } |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | HRESULT |
| 1493 | SplitName::CdNextDomainType(CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 1494 | AppDomain** appDomain, |
| 1495 | mdTypeDef* token) |
| 1496 | { |
| 1497 | SplitName* split = FROM_CDENUM(SplitName, *handle); |
| 1498 | if (!split) |
| 1499 | { |
| 1500 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 1501 | } |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | return split->m_metaEnum. |
| 1504 | NextDomainTokenByName(split->m_namespaceName, split->m_typeName, |
| 1505 | split->m_nameFlags, appDomain, token); |
| 1506 | } |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1509 | // |
| 1510 | // DacInstanceManager. |
| 1511 | // |
| 1512 | // Data retrieved from the target process is cached for two reasons: |
| 1513 | // |
| 1514 | // 1. It may be necessary to map from the host address back to the target |
| 1515 | // address. For example, if any code uses a 'this' pointer or |
| 1516 | // takes the address of a field the address has to be translated from |
| 1517 | // host to target. This requires instances to be held as long as |
| 1518 | // they may be referenced. |
| 1519 | // |
| 1520 | // 2. Data is often referenced multiple times so caching is an important |
| 1521 | // performance advantage. |
| 1522 | // |
| 1523 | // Ideally we'd like to implement a simple page cache but this is |
| 1524 | // complicated by the fact that user minidump memory can have |
| 1525 | // arbitrary granularity and also that the member operator (->) |
| 1526 | // needs to return a pointer to an object. That means that all of |
| 1527 | // the data for an object must be sequential and cannot be split |
| 1528 | // at page boundaries. |
| 1529 | // |
| 1530 | // Data can also be accessed with different sizes. For example, |
| 1531 | // a base struct can be accessed, then cast to a derived struct and |
| 1532 | // accessed again with the larger derived size. The cache must |
| 1533 | // be able to replace data to maintain the largest amount of data |
| 1534 | // touched. |
| 1535 | // |
| 1536 | // We keep track of each access and the recovered memory for it. |
| 1537 | // A hash on target address allows quick access to instance data |
| 1538 | // by target address. The data for each access has a header on it |
| 1539 | // for bookkeeping purposes, so host address to target address translation |
| 1540 | // is just a matter of backing up to the header and pulling the target |
| 1541 | // address from it. Keeping each access separately allows easy |
| 1542 | // replacement by larger accesses. |
| 1543 | // |
| 1544 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | DacInstanceManager::DacInstanceManager(void) |
| 1547 | : m_unusedBlock(NULL) |
| 1548 | { |
| 1549 | InitEmpty(); |
| 1550 | } |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | DacInstanceManager::~DacInstanceManager(void) |
| 1553 | { |
| 1554 | // We are stopping debugging in this case, so don't save any block of memory. |
| 1555 | // Otherwise, there will be a memory leak. |
| 1556 | Flush(false); |
| 1557 | } |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | #if defined(DAC_HASHTABLE) |
| 1560 | DAC_INSTANCE* |
| 1561 | DacInstanceManager::Add(DAC_INSTANCE* inst) |
| 1562 | { |
| 1563 | // Assert that we don't add NULL instances. This allows us to assert that found instances |
| 1564 | // are not NULL in DacInstanceManager::Find |
| 1565 | _ASSERTE(inst != NULL); |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | DWORD nHash = DAC_INSTANCE_HASH(inst->addr); |
| 1568 | HashInstanceKeyBlock* block = m_hash[nHash]; |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | if (!block || block->firstElement == 0) |
| 1571 | { |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | HashInstanceKeyBlock* newBlock; |
| 1574 | if (block) |
| 1575 | { |
| 1576 | newBlock = (HashInstanceKeyBlock*) new (nothrow) BYTE[HASH_INSTANCE_BLOCK_ALLOC_SIZE]; |
| 1577 | } |
| 1578 | else |
| 1579 | { |
| 1580 | // We allocate one big memory chunk that has a block for every index of the hash table to |
| 1581 | // improve data locality and reduce the number of allocs. In most cases, a hash bucket will |
| 1582 | // use only one block, so improving data locality across blocks (i.e. keeping the buckets of the |
| 1583 | // hash table together) should help. |
| 1584 | newBlock = (HashInstanceKeyBlock*) |
| 1585 | ClrVirtualAlloc(NULL, HASH_INSTANCE_BLOCK_ALLOC_SIZE*NumItems(m_hash), MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE); |
| 1586 | } |
| 1587 | if (!newBlock) |
| 1588 | { |
| 1589 | return NULL; |
| 1590 | } |
| 1591 | if (block) |
| 1592 | { |
| 1593 | // We add the newest block to the start of the list assuming that most accesses are for |
| 1594 | // recently added elements. |
| 1595 | newBlock->next = block; |
| 1596 | m_hash[nHash] = newBlock; // The previously allocated block |
| 1597 | newBlock->firstElement = HASH_INSTANCE_BLOCK_NUM_ELEMENTS; |
| 1598 | block = newBlock; |
| 1599 | } |
| 1600 | else |
| 1601 | { |
| 1602 | for (DWORD j = 0; j < NumItems(m_hash); j++) |
| 1603 | { |
| 1604 | m_hash[j] = newBlock; |
| 1605 | newBlock->next = NULL; // The previously allocated block |
| 1606 | newBlock->firstElement = HASH_INSTANCE_BLOCK_NUM_ELEMENTS; |
| 1607 | newBlock = (HashInstanceKeyBlock*) (((BYTE*) newBlock) + HASH_INSTANCE_BLOCK_ALLOC_SIZE); |
| 1608 | } |
| 1609 | block = m_hash[nHash]; |
| 1610 | } |
| 1611 | } |
| 1612 | _ASSERTE(block->firstElement > 0); |
| 1613 | block->firstElement--; |
| 1614 | block->instanceKeys[block->firstElement].addr = inst->addr; |
| 1615 | block->instanceKeys[block->firstElement].instance = inst; |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | inst->next = NULL; |
| 1618 | return inst; |
| 1619 | } |
| 1620 | #else //DAC_HASHTABLE |
| 1621 | DAC_INSTANCE* |
| 1622 | DacInstanceManager::Add(DAC_INSTANCE* inst) |
| 1623 | { |
| 1624 | _ASSERTE(inst != NULL); |
| 1625 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 1626 | bool isInserted = (m_hash.find(inst->addr) == m_hash.end()); |
| 1627 | #endif //_DEBUG |
| 1628 | DAC_INSTANCE *(&target) = m_hash[inst->addr]; |
| 1629 | _ASSERTE(!isInserted || target == NULL); |
| 1630 | if( target != NULL ) |
| 1631 | { |
| 1632 | //This is necessary to preserve the semantics of Supersede, however, it |
| 1633 | //is more or less dead code. |
| 1634 | inst->next = target; |
| 1635 | target = inst; |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 | //verify descending order |
| 1638 | _ASSERTE(inst->size >= target->size); |
| 1639 | } |
| 1640 | else |
| 1641 | { |
| 1642 | target = inst; |
| 1643 | } |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | return inst; |
| 1646 | } |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_HASHTABLE) |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | DAC_INSTANCE* |
| 1652 | DacInstanceManager::Alloc(TADDR addr, ULONG32 size, DAC_USAGE_TYPE usage) |
| 1653 | { |
| 1654 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 1655 | DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK* block; |
| 1656 | DAC_INSTANCE* inst; |
| 1657 | ULONG32 fullSize; |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | static_assert_no_msg(sizeof(DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK) <= DAC_INSTANCE_ALIGN); |
| 1660 | static_assert_no_msg((sizeof(DAC_INSTANCE) & (DAC_INSTANCE_ALIGN - 1)) == 0); |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | // |
| 1663 | // All allocated instances must be kept alive as long |
| 1664 | // as anybody may have a host pointer for one of them. |
| 1665 | // This means that we cannot delete an arbitrary instance |
| 1666 | // unless we are sure no pointers exist, which currently |
| 1667 | // is not possible to determine, thus we just hold everything |
| 1668 | // until a Flush. This greatly simplifies instance allocation |
| 1669 | // as we can then just sweep through large blocks rather |
| 1670 | // than having to use a real allocator. The only |
| 1671 | // complication is that we need to keep all instance |
| 1672 | // data aligned. We have guaranteed that the header will |
| 1673 | // preserve alignment of the data following if the header |
| 1674 | // is aligned, so as long as we round up all allocations |
| 1675 | // to a multiple of the alignment size everything just works. |
| 1676 | // |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 | fullSize = (size + DAC_INSTANCE_ALIGN - 1) & ~(DAC_INSTANCE_ALIGN - 1); |
| 1679 | _ASSERTE(fullSize && fullSize <= 0xffffffff - 2 * sizeof(*inst)); |
| 1680 | fullSize += sizeof(*inst); |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | // |
| 1683 | // Check for an existing block with space. |
| 1684 | // |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | for (block = m_blocks; block; block = block->next) |
| 1687 | { |
| 1688 | if (fullSize <= block->bytesFree) |
| 1689 | { |
| 1690 | break; |
| 1691 | } |
| 1692 | } |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | if (!block) |
| 1695 | { |
| 1696 | // |
| 1697 | // No existing block has enough space, so allocate a new |
| 1698 | // one if necessary and link it in. We know we're allocating large |
| 1699 | // blocks so directly VirtualAlloc. We save one block through a |
| 1700 | // flush so that we spend less time allocating/deallocating. |
| 1701 | // |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | ULONG32 blockSize = fullSize + DAC_INSTANCE_ALIGN; |
| 1704 | if (blockSize < DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK_ALLOCATION) |
| 1705 | { |
| 1706 | blockSize = DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK_ALLOCATION; |
| 1707 | } |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | // If we have a saved block and it's large enough, use it. |
| 1710 | block = m_unusedBlock; |
| 1711 | if ((block != NULL) && |
| 1712 | ((block->bytesUsed + block->bytesFree) >= blockSize)) |
| 1713 | { |
| 1714 | m_unusedBlock = NULL; |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 | // Right now, we're locked to DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK_ALLOCATION but |
| 1717 | // that might change in the future if we decide to do something |
| 1718 | // else with the size guarantee in code:DacInstanceManager::FreeAllBlocks |
| 1719 | blockSize = block->bytesUsed + block->bytesFree; |
| 1720 | } |
| 1721 | else |
| 1722 | { |
| 1723 | block = (DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK*) |
| 1724 | ClrVirtualAlloc(NULL, blockSize, MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE); |
| 1725 | } |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | if (!block) |
| 1728 | { |
| 1729 | return NULL; |
| 1730 | } |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | // Keep the first aligned unit for the block header. |
| 1733 | block->bytesUsed = DAC_INSTANCE_ALIGN; |
| 1734 | block->bytesFree = blockSize - DAC_INSTANCE_ALIGN; |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | block->next = m_blocks; |
| 1737 | m_blocks = block; |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 | m_blockMemUsage += blockSize; |
| 1740 | } |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | inst = (DAC_INSTANCE*)((PBYTE)block + block->bytesUsed); |
| 1743 | block->bytesUsed += fullSize; |
| 1744 | _ASSERTE(block->bytesFree >= fullSize); |
| 1745 | block->bytesFree -= fullSize; |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 | inst->next = NULL; |
| 1748 | inst->addr = addr; |
| 1749 | inst->size = size; |
| 1750 | inst->sig = DAC_INSTANCE_SIG; |
| 1751 | inst->usage = usage; |
| 1752 | inst->enumMem = 0; |
| 1753 | inst->MDEnumed = 0; |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | m_numInst++; |
| 1756 | m_instMemUsage += fullSize; |
| 1757 | return inst; |
| 1758 | } |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | void |
| 1761 | DacInstanceManager::ReturnAlloc(DAC_INSTANCE* inst) |
| 1762 | { |
| 1763 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 1764 | DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK* block; |
| 1765 | DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK * pPrevBlock; |
| 1766 | ULONG32 fullSize; |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | // |
| 1769 | // This special routine handles cleanup in |
| 1770 | // cases where an instances has been allocated |
| 1771 | // but must be returned due to a following error. |
| 1772 | // The given instance must be the last instance |
| 1773 | // in an existing block. |
| 1774 | // |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 | fullSize = |
| 1777 | ((inst->size + DAC_INSTANCE_ALIGN - 1) & ~(DAC_INSTANCE_ALIGN - 1)) + |
| 1778 | sizeof(*inst); |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 | pPrevBlock = NULL; |
| 1781 | for (block = m_blocks; block; pPrevBlock = block, block = block->next) |
| 1782 | { |
| 1783 | if ((PBYTE)inst == (PBYTE)block + (block->bytesUsed - fullSize)) |
| 1784 | { |
| 1785 | break; |
| 1786 | } |
| 1787 | } |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 | if (!block) |
| 1790 | { |
| 1791 | return; |
| 1792 | } |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | block->bytesUsed -= fullSize; |
| 1795 | block->bytesFree += fullSize; |
| 1796 | m_numInst--; |
| 1797 | m_instMemUsage -= fullSize; |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 | // If the block is empty after returning the specified instance, that means this block was newly created |
| 1800 | // when this instance was allocated. We have seen cases where we are asked to allocate a |
| 1801 | // large chunk of memory only to fail to read the memory from a dump later on, i.e. when both the target |
| 1802 | // address and the size are invalid. If we keep the allocation, we'll grow the VM size unnecessarily. |
| 1803 | // Thus, release a block if it's empty and if it's not the default size (to avoid thrashing memory). |
| 1804 | // See Dev10 Dbug 812112 for more information. |
| 1805 | if ((block->bytesUsed == DAC_INSTANCE_ALIGN) && |
| 1806 | ((block->bytesFree + block->bytesUsed) != DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK_ALLOCATION)) |
| 1807 | { |
| 1808 | // The empty block is at the beginning of the list. |
| 1809 | if (pPrevBlock == NULL) |
| 1810 | { |
| 1811 | m_blocks = block->next; |
| 1812 | } |
| 1813 | else |
| 1814 | { |
| 1815 | _ASSERTE(pPrevBlock->next == block); |
| 1816 | pPrevBlock->next = block->next; |
| 1817 | } |
| 1818 | ClrVirtualFree(block, 0, MEM_RELEASE); |
| 1819 | } |
| 1820 | } |
| 1821 | |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 | #if defined(DAC_HASHTABLE) |
| 1824 | DAC_INSTANCE* |
| 1825 | DacInstanceManager::Find(TADDR addr) |
| 1826 | { |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 1829 | unsigned _int64 nStart, nEnd; |
| 1830 | g_nFindCalls++; |
| 1831 | nStart = GetCycleCount(); |
| 1832 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | HashInstanceKeyBlock* block = m_hash[DAC_INSTANCE_HASH(addr)]; |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 1837 | nEnd = GetCycleCount(); |
| 1838 | g_nFindHashTotalTime += nEnd - nStart; |
| 1839 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | while (block) |
| 1842 | { |
| 1843 | DWORD nIndex = block->firstElement; |
| 1844 | for (; nIndex < HASH_INSTANCE_BLOCK_NUM_ELEMENTS; nIndex++) |
| 1845 | { |
| 1846 | if (block->instanceKeys[nIndex].addr == addr) |
| 1847 | { |
| 1848 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 1849 | nEnd = GetCycleCount(); |
| 1850 | g_nFindHits++; |
| 1851 | g_nFindTotalTime += nEnd - nStart; |
| 1852 | if (g_nStackWalk) g_nFindStackTotalTime += nEnd - nStart; |
| 1853 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 | DAC_INSTANCE* inst = block->instanceKeys[nIndex].instance; |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | // inst should not be NULL even if the address was superseded. We search |
| 1858 | // the entries in the reverse order they were added. So we should have |
| 1859 | // found the superseding entry before this one. (Of course, if a NULL instance |
| 1860 | // has been added, this assert is meaningless. DacInstanceManager::Add |
| 1861 | // asserts that NULL instances aren't added.) |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | _ASSERTE(inst != NULL); |
| 1864 | |
| 1865 | return inst; |
| 1866 | } |
| 1867 | } |
| 1868 | block = block->next; |
| 1869 | } |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 1872 | nEnd = GetCycleCount(); |
| 1873 | g_nFindFails++; |
| 1874 | g_nFindTotalTime += nEnd - nStart; |
| 1875 | if (g_nStackWalk) g_nFindStackTotalTime += nEnd - nStart; |
| 1876 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | return NULL; |
| 1879 | } |
| 1880 | #else //DAC_HASHTABLE |
| 1881 | DAC_INSTANCE* |
| 1882 | DacInstanceManager::Find(TADDR addr) |
| 1883 | { |
| 1884 | DacInstanceHashIterator iter = m_hash.find(addr); |
| 1885 | if( iter == m_hash.end() ) |
| 1886 | { |
| 1887 | return NULL; |
| 1888 | } |
| 1889 | else |
| 1890 | { |
| 1891 | return iter->second; |
| 1892 | } |
| 1893 | } |
| 1894 | #endif // if defined(DAC_HASHTABLE) |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 | HRESULT |
| 1897 | DacInstanceManager::Write(DAC_INSTANCE* inst, bool throwEx) |
| 1898 | { |
| 1899 | HRESULT status; |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 | if (inst->usage == DAC_VPTR) |
| 1902 | { |
| 1903 | // Skip over the host-side vtable pointer when |
| 1904 | // writing back. |
| 1905 | status = DacWriteAll(inst->addr + sizeof(TADDR), |
| 1906 | (PBYTE)(inst + 1) + sizeof(PVOID), |
| 1907 | inst->size - sizeof(TADDR), |
| 1908 | throwEx); |
| 1909 | } |
| 1910 | else |
| 1911 | { |
| 1912 | // Write the whole instance back. |
| 1913 | status = DacWriteAll(inst->addr, inst + 1, inst->size, throwEx); |
| 1914 | } |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | return status; |
| 1917 | } |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | #if defined(DAC_HASHTABLE) |
| 1920 | void |
| 1921 | DacInstanceManager::Supersede(DAC_INSTANCE* inst) |
| 1922 | { |
| 1923 | _ASSERTE(inst != NULL); |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 | // |
| 1926 | // This instance has been superseded by a larger |
| 1927 | // one and so must be removed from the hash. However, |
| 1928 | // code may be holding the instance pointer so it |
| 1929 | // can't just be deleted. Put it on a list for |
| 1930 | // later cleanup. |
| 1931 | // |
| 1932 | |
| 1933 | HashInstanceKeyBlock* block = m_hash[DAC_INSTANCE_HASH(inst->addr)]; |
| 1934 | while (block) |
| 1935 | { |
| 1936 | DWORD nIndex = block->firstElement; |
| 1937 | for (; nIndex < HASH_INSTANCE_BLOCK_NUM_ELEMENTS; nIndex++) |
| 1938 | { |
| 1939 | if (block->instanceKeys[nIndex].instance == inst) |
| 1940 | { |
| 1941 | block->instanceKeys[nIndex].instance = NULL; |
| 1942 | break; |
| 1943 | } |
| 1944 | } |
| 1945 | if (nIndex < HASH_INSTANCE_BLOCK_NUM_ELEMENTS) |
| 1946 | { |
| 1947 | break; |
| 1948 | } |
| 1949 | block = block->next; |
| 1950 | } |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | AddSuperseded(inst); |
| 1953 | } |
| 1954 | #else //DAC_HASHTABLE |
| 1955 | void |
| 1956 | DacInstanceManager::Supersede(DAC_INSTANCE* inst) |
| 1957 | { |
| 1958 | _ASSERTE(inst != NULL); |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | // |
| 1961 | // This instance has been superseded by a larger |
| 1962 | // one and so must be removed from the hash. However, |
| 1963 | // code may be holding the instance pointer so it |
| 1964 | // can't just be deleted. Put it on a list for |
| 1965 | // later cleanup. |
| 1966 | // |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 | DacInstanceHashIterator iter = m_hash.find(inst->addr); |
| 1969 | if( iter == m_hash.end() ) |
| 1970 | return; |
| 1971 | |
| 1972 | DAC_INSTANCE** bucket = &(iter->second); |
| 1973 | DAC_INSTANCE* cur = *bucket; |
| 1974 | DAC_INSTANCE* prev = NULL; |
| 1975 | //walk through the chain looking for this particular instance |
| 1976 | while (cur) |
| 1977 | { |
| 1978 | if (cur == inst) |
| 1979 | { |
| 1980 | if (!prev) |
| 1981 | { |
| 1982 | *bucket = inst->next; |
| 1983 | } |
| 1984 | else |
| 1985 | { |
| 1986 | prev->next = inst->next; |
| 1987 | } |
| 1988 | break; |
| 1989 | } |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 | prev = cur; |
| 1992 | cur = cur->next; |
| 1993 | } |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 | AddSuperseded(inst); |
| 1996 | } |
| 1997 | #endif // if defined(DAC_HASHTABLE) |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | // This is the default Flush() called when the DAC cache is invalidated, |
| 2000 | // e.g. when we continue the debuggee process. In this case, we want to |
| 2001 | // save one block of memory to avoid thrashing. See the usage of m_unusedBlock |
| 2002 | // for more information. |
| 2003 | void DacInstanceManager::Flush(void) |
| 2004 | { |
| 2005 | Flush(true); |
| 2006 | } |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 | void DacInstanceManager::Flush(bool fSaveBlock) |
| 2009 | { |
| 2010 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | // |
| 2013 | // All allocated memory is in the block |
| 2014 | // list, so just free the blocks and |
| 2015 | // forget all the internal pointers. |
| 2016 | // |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 | for (;;) |
| 2019 | { |
| 2020 | FreeAllBlocks(fSaveBlock); |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 | DAC_INSTANCE_PUSH* push = m_instPushed; |
| 2023 | if (!push) |
| 2024 | { |
| 2025 | break; |
| 2026 | } |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 | m_instPushed = push->next; |
| 2029 | m_blocks = push->blocks; |
| 2030 | delete push; |
| 2031 | } |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 | // If we are not saving any memory blocks, then clear the saved buffer block (if any) as well. |
| 2034 | if (!fSaveBlock) |
| 2035 | { |
| 2036 | if (m_unusedBlock != NULL) |
| 2037 | { |
| 2038 | ClrVirtualFree(m_unusedBlock, 0, MEM_RELEASE); |
| 2039 | m_unusedBlock = NULL; |
| 2040 | } |
| 2041 | } |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 | #if defined(DAC_HASHTABLE) |
| 2044 | for (int i = NumItems(m_hash) - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
| 2045 | { |
| 2046 | HashInstanceKeyBlock* block = m_hash[i]; |
| 2047 | HashInstanceKeyBlock* next; |
| 2048 | while (block) |
| 2049 | { |
| 2050 | next = block->next; |
| 2051 | if (next) |
| 2052 | { |
| 2053 | delete [] block; |
| 2054 | } |
| 2055 | else if (i == 0) |
| 2056 | { |
| 2057 | ClrVirtualFree(block, 0, MEM_RELEASE); |
| 2058 | } |
| 2059 | block = next; |
| 2060 | } |
| 2061 | } |
| 2062 | #else //DAC_HASHTABLE |
| 2063 | m_hash.clear(); |
| 2064 | #endif //DAC_HASHTABLE |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 | InitEmpty(); |
| 2067 | } |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | #if defined(DAC_HASHTABLE) |
| 2070 | void |
| 2071 | DacInstanceManager::ClearEnumMemMarker(void) |
| 2072 | { |
| 2073 | ULONG i; |
| 2074 | DAC_INSTANCE* inst; |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | for (i = 0; i < NumItems(m_hash); i++) |
| 2077 | { |
| 2078 | HashInstanceKeyBlock* block = m_hash[i]; |
| 2079 | while (block) |
| 2080 | { |
| 2081 | DWORD j; |
| 2082 | for (j = block->firstElement; j < HASH_INSTANCE_BLOCK_NUM_ELEMENTS; j++) |
| 2083 | { |
| 2084 | inst = block->instanceKeys[j].instance; |
| 2085 | if (inst != NULL) |
| 2086 | { |
| 2087 | inst->enumMem = 0; |
| 2088 | } |
| 2089 | } |
| 2090 | block = block->next; |
| 2091 | } |
| 2092 | } |
| 2093 | for (inst = m_superseded; inst; inst = inst->next) |
| 2094 | { |
| 2095 | inst->enumMem = 0; |
| 2096 | } |
| 2097 | } |
| 2098 | #else //DAC_HASHTABLE |
| 2099 | void |
| 2100 | DacInstanceManager::ClearEnumMemMarker(void) |
| 2101 | { |
| 2102 | ULONG i; |
| 2103 | DAC_INSTANCE* inst; |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | DacInstanceHashIterator end = m_hash.end(); |
| 2106 | /* REVISIT_TODO Fri 10/20/2006 |
| 2107 | * This might have an issue, since it might miss chained entries off of |
| 2108 | * ->next. However, ->next is going away, and for all intents and |
| 2109 | * purposes, this never happens. |
| 2110 | */ |
| 2111 | for( DacInstanceHashIterator cur = m_hash.begin(); cur != end; ++cur ) |
| 2112 | { |
| 2113 | cur->second->enumMem = 0; |
| 2114 | } |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | for (inst = m_superseded; inst; inst = inst->next) |
| 2117 | { |
| 2118 | inst->enumMem = 0; |
| 2119 | } |
| 2120 | } |
| 2121 | #endif // if defined(DAC_HASHTABLE) |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | #if defined(DAC_HASHTABLE) |
| 2125 | // |
| 2126 | // |
| 2127 | // Iterating through all of the hash entry and report the memory |
| 2128 | // instance to minidump |
| 2129 | // |
| 2130 | // This function returns the total number of bytes that it reported. |
| 2131 | // |
| 2132 | // |
| 2133 | UINT |
| 2134 | DacInstanceManager::DumpAllInstances( |
| 2135 | ICLRDataEnumMemoryRegionsCallback *pCallBack) // memory report call back |
| 2136 | { |
| 2137 | ULONG i; |
| 2138 | DAC_INSTANCE* inst; |
| 2139 | UINT cbTotal = 0; |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2142 | FILE* fp = fopen("c:\\dumpLog.txt" , "a" ); |
| 2143 | int total = 0; |
| 2144 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | for (i = 0; i < NumItems(m_hash); i++) |
| 2147 | { |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2150 | int numInBucket = 0; |
| 2151 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | HashInstanceKeyBlock* block = m_hash[i]; |
| 2154 | while (block) |
| 2155 | { |
| 2156 | DWORD j; |
| 2157 | for (j = block->firstElement; j < HASH_INSTANCE_BLOCK_NUM_ELEMENTS; j++) |
| 2158 | { |
| 2159 | inst = block->instanceKeys[j].instance; |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | // Only report those we intended to. |
| 2162 | // So far, only metadata is excluded! |
| 2163 | // |
| 2164 | if (inst && inst->noReport == 0) |
| 2165 | { |
| 2166 | cbTotal += inst->size; |
| 2167 | HRESULT hr = pCallBack->EnumMemoryRegion(TO_CDADDR(inst->addr), inst->size); |
| 2168 | if (hr == COR_E_OPERATIONCANCELED) |
| 2169 | { |
| 2170 | ThrowHR(hr); |
| 2171 | } |
| 2172 | } |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2175 | if (inst) |
| 2176 | { |
| 2177 | numInBucket++; |
| 2178 | } |
| 2179 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2180 | } |
| 2181 | block = block->next; |
| 2182 | } |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2185 | fprintf(fp, "%4d: %4d%s" , i, numInBucket, (i+1)%5? "; " : "\n" ); |
| 2186 | total += numInBucket; |
| 2187 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | } |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2192 | fprintf(fp, "\n\nTotal entries: %d\n\n" , total); |
| 2193 | fclose(fp); |
| 2194 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | return cbTotal; |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 | } |
| 2199 | #else //DAC_HASHTABLE |
| 2200 | // |
| 2201 | // |
| 2202 | // Iterating through all of the hash entry and report the memory |
| 2203 | // instance to minidump |
| 2204 | // |
| 2205 | // This function returns the total number of bytes that it reported. |
| 2206 | // |
| 2207 | // |
| 2208 | UINT |
| 2209 | DacInstanceManager::DumpAllInstances( |
| 2210 | ICLRDataEnumMemoryRegionsCallback *pCallBack) // memory report call back |
| 2211 | { |
| 2212 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | DAC_INSTANCE* inst; |
| 2215 | UINT cbTotal = 0; |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2218 | FILE* fp = fopen("c:\\dumpLog.txt" , "a" ); |
| 2219 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2222 | int numInBucket = 0; |
| 2223 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | DacInstanceHashIterator end = m_hash.end(); |
| 2226 | for (DacInstanceHashIterator cur = m_hash.begin(); end != cur; ++cur) |
| 2227 | { |
| 2228 | inst = cur->second; |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | // Only report those we intended to. |
| 2231 | // So far, only metadata is excluded! |
| 2232 | // |
| 2233 | if (inst->noReport == 0) |
| 2234 | { |
| 2235 | cbTotal += inst->size; |
| 2236 | HRESULT hr = pCallBack->EnumMemoryRegion(TO_CDADDR(inst->addr), inst->size); |
| 2237 | if (hr == COR_E_OPERATIONCANCELED) |
| 2238 | { |
| 2239 | ThrowHR(hr); |
| 2240 | } |
| 2241 | } |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2244 | numInBucket++; |
| 2245 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2246 | } |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2249 | fprintf(fp, "\n\nTotal entries: %d\n\n" , numInBucket); |
| 2250 | fclose(fp); |
| 2251 | #endif // #if defined(DAC_MEASURE_PERF) |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | return cbTotal; |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | } |
| 2256 | #endif // if defined(DAC_HASHTABLE) |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK* |
| 2259 | DacInstanceManager::FindInstanceBlock(DAC_INSTANCE* inst) |
| 2260 | { |
| 2261 | for (DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK* block = m_blocks; block; block = block->next) |
| 2262 | { |
| 2263 | if ((PBYTE)inst >= (PBYTE)block && |
| 2264 | (PBYTE)inst < (PBYTE)block + block->bytesUsed) |
| 2265 | { |
| 2266 | return block; |
| 2267 | } |
| 2268 | } |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | return NULL; |
| 2271 | } |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | // If fSaveBlock is false, free all blocks of allocated memory. Otherwise, |
| 2274 | // free all blocks except the one we save to avoid thrashing memory. |
| 2275 | // Callers very frequently flush repeatedly with little memory needed in DAC |
| 2276 | // so this avoids wasteful repeated allocations/deallocations. |
| 2277 | // There is a very unlikely case that we'll have allocated an extremely large |
| 2278 | // block; if this is the only block we will save none since this block will |
| 2279 | // remain allocated. |
| 2280 | void |
| 2281 | DacInstanceManager::FreeAllBlocks(bool fSaveBlock) |
| 2282 | { |
| 2283 | DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK* block; |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | while ((block = m_blocks)) |
| 2286 | { |
| 2287 | m_blocks = block->next; |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 | // If we haven't saved our single block yet and this block is the default size |
| 2290 | // then we will save it instead of freeing it. This avoids saving an unnecessarily large |
| 2291 | // memory block. |
| 2292 | // Do *NOT* trash the byte counts. code:DacInstanceManager::Alloc |
| 2293 | // depends on them being correct when checking to see if a block is large enough. |
| 2294 | if (fSaveBlock && |
| 2295 | (m_unusedBlock == NULL) && |
| 2296 | ((block->bytesFree + block->bytesUsed) == DAC_INSTANCE_BLOCK_ALLOCATION)) |
| 2297 | { |
| 2298 | // Just to avoid confusion, since we're keeping it around. |
| 2299 | block->next = NULL; |
| 2300 | m_unusedBlock = block; |
| 2301 | } |
| 2302 | else |
| 2303 | { |
| 2304 | ClrVirtualFree(block, 0, MEM_RELEASE); |
| 2305 | } |
| 2306 | } |
| 2307 | } |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2310 | // |
| 2311 | // DacStreamManager. |
| 2312 | // |
| 2313 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 | #ifdef FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 2316 | |
| 2317 | namespace serialization { namespace bin { |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | //======================================================================== |
| 2320 | // Support functions for binary serialization of simple types to a buffer: |
| 2321 | // - raw_size() returns the size in bytes of the binary representation |
| 2322 | // of a value. |
| 2323 | // - raw_serialize() copies the binary representation of a value into a |
| 2324 | // buffer. |
| 2325 | // - raw_deserialize() generates a value from its binary representation |
| 2326 | // in a buffer. |
| 2327 | // Beyond simple types the APIs below support SString instances. SStrings |
| 2328 | // are stored as UTF8 strings. |
| 2329 | //======================================================================== |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 | static const size_t ErrOverflow = (size_t)(-1); |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 | #ifndef FEATURE_PAL |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | // Template class is_blittable |
| 2336 | template <typename _Ty, typename Enable = void> |
| 2337 | struct is_blittable |
| 2338 | : std::false_type |
| 2339 | { // determines whether _Ty is blittable |
| 2340 | }; |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | template <typename _Ty> |
| 2343 | struct is_blittable<_Ty, typename std::enable_if<std::is_arithmetic<_Ty>::value>::type> |
| 2344 | : std::true_type |
| 2345 | { // determines whether _Ty is blittable |
| 2346 | }; |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 | // allow types to declare themselves blittable by including a static bool |
| 2349 | // member "is_blittable". |
| 2350 | template <typename _Ty> |
| 2351 | struct is_blittable<_Ty, typename std::enable_if<_Ty::is_blittable>::type> |
| 2352 | : std::true_type |
| 2353 | { // determines whether _Ty is blittable |
| 2354 | }; |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | //======================================================================== |
| 2358 | // serialization::bin::Traits<T> enables binary serialization and |
| 2359 | // deserialization of instances of T. |
| 2360 | //======================================================================== |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | // |
| 2363 | // General specialization for non-blittable types - must be overridden |
| 2364 | // for each specific non-blittable type. |
| 2365 | // |
| 2366 | template <typename T, typename Enable = void> |
| 2367 | class Traits |
| 2368 | { |
| 2369 | public: |
| 2370 | static FORCEINLINE size_t |
| 2371 | raw_size(const T & val) |
| 2372 | { |
| 2373 | static_assert(false, "Non-blittable types need explicit specializations" ); |
| 2374 | } |
| 2375 | }; |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | // |
| 2378 | // General type trait supporting serialization/deserialization of blittable |
| 2379 | // type arguments (as defined by the is_blittable<> type traits above). |
| 2380 | // |
| 2381 | template <typename T> |
| 2382 | class Traits<T, typename std::enable_if<is_blittable<T>::value>::type> |
| 2383 | { |
| 2384 | #else // FEATURE_PAL |
| 2385 | template <typename T> |
| 2386 | class Traits |
| 2387 | { |
| 2388 | #endif // !FEATURE_PAL |
| 2389 | public: |
| 2390 | // |
| 2391 | // raw_size() returns the size in bytes of the binary representation of a |
| 2392 | // value. |
| 2393 | // |
| 2394 | static FORCEINLINE size_t |
| 2395 | raw_size(const T & val) |
| 2396 | { |
| 2397 | return sizeof(T); |
| 2398 | } |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 | // |
| 2401 | // raw_serialize() copies the binary representation of a value into a |
| 2402 | // "dest" buffer that has "destSize" bytes available. |
| 2403 | // Returns raw_size(val), or ErrOverflow if the buffer does not have |
| 2404 | // enough space to accommodate "val". |
| 2405 | // |
| 2406 | static FORCEINLINE size_t |
| 2407 | raw_serialize(BYTE* dest, size_t destSize, const T & val) |
| 2408 | { |
| 2409 | size_t cnt = raw_size(val); |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | if (destSize < cnt) |
| 2412 | { |
| 2413 | return ErrOverflow; |
| 2414 | } |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 | memcpy_s(dest, destSize, &val, cnt); |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 | return cnt; |
| 2419 | } |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | // |
| 2422 | // raw_deserialize() generates a value "val" from its binary |
| 2423 | // representation in a buffer "src". |
| 2424 | // Returns raw_size(val), or ErrOverflow if the buffer does not have |
| 2425 | // enough space to accommodate "val". |
| 2426 | // |
| 2427 | static FORCEINLINE size_t |
| 2428 | raw_deserialize(T & val, const BYTE* src, size_t srcSize) |
| 2429 | { |
| 2430 | size_t cnt = raw_size(*(T*)src); |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 | if (srcSize < cnt) |
| 2433 | { |
| 2434 | return ErrOverflow; |
| 2435 | } |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | memcpy_s(&val, cnt, src, cnt); |
| 2438 | |
| 2439 | return cnt; |
| 2440 | } |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | }; |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 | // |
| 2445 | // Specialization for UTF8 strings |
| 2446 | // |
| 2447 | template<> |
| 2448 | class Traits<LPCUTF8> |
| 2449 | { |
| 2450 | public: |
| 2451 | static FORCEINLINE size_t |
| 2452 | raw_size(const LPCUTF8 & val) |
| 2453 | { |
| 2454 | return strlen(val) + 1; |
| 2455 | } |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 | static FORCEINLINE size_t |
| 2458 | raw_serialize(BYTE* dest, size_t destSize, const LPCUTF8 & val) |
| 2459 | { |
| 2460 | size_t cnt = raw_size(val); |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | if (destSize < cnt) |
| 2463 | { |
| 2464 | return ErrOverflow; |
| 2465 | } |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 | memcpy_s(dest, destSize, &val, cnt); |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | return cnt; |
| 2470 | } |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | static FORCEINLINE size_t |
| 2473 | raw_deserialize(LPCUTF8 & val, const BYTE* src, size_t srcSize) |
| 2474 | { |
| 2475 | size_t cnt = strnlen((LPCUTF8)src, srcSize) + 1; |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | // assert we found a NULL terminated string at "src" |
| 2478 | if (srcSize < cnt) |
| 2479 | { |
| 2480 | return ErrOverflow; |
| 2481 | } |
| 2482 | |
| 2483 | // we won't allocate another buffer for this string |
| 2484 | val = (LPCUTF8)src; |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | return cnt; |
| 2487 | } |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 | }; |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 | // |
| 2492 | // Specialization for SString. |
| 2493 | // SString serialization/deserialization is performed to/from a UTF8 |
| 2494 | // string. |
| 2495 | // |
| 2496 | template<> |
| 2497 | class Traits<SString> |
| 2498 | { |
| 2499 | public: |
| 2500 | static FORCEINLINE size_t |
| 2501 | raw_size(const SString & val) |
| 2502 | { |
| 2503 | StackSString s; |
| 2504 | val.ConvertToUTF8(s); |
| 2505 | // make sure to include the NULL terminator |
| 2506 | return s.GetCount() + 1; |
| 2507 | } |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | static FORCEINLINE size_t |
| 2510 | raw_serialize(BYTE* dest, size_t destSize, const SString & val) |
| 2511 | { |
| 2512 | // instead of calling raw_size() we inline it here, so we can reuse |
| 2513 | // the UTF8 string obtained below as an argument to memcpy. |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 | StackSString s; |
| 2516 | val.ConvertToUTF8(s); |
| 2517 | // make sure to include the NULL terminator |
| 2518 | size_t cnt = s.GetCount() + 1; |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | if (destSize < cnt) |
| 2521 | { |
| 2522 | return ErrOverflow; |
| 2523 | } |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | memcpy_s(dest, destSize, s.GetUTF8NoConvert(), cnt); |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | return cnt; |
| 2528 | } |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | static FORCEINLINE size_t |
| 2531 | raw_deserialize(SString & val, const BYTE* src, size_t srcSize) |
| 2532 | { |
| 2533 | size_t cnt = strnlen((LPCUTF8)src, srcSize) + 1; |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | // assert we found a NULL terminated string at "src" |
| 2536 | if (srcSize < cnt) |
| 2537 | { |
| 2538 | return ErrOverflow; |
| 2539 | } |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | // a literal SString avoids a new allocation + copy |
| 2542 | SString sUtf8(SString::Utf8Literal, (LPCUTF8) src); |
| 2543 | sUtf8.ConvertToUnicode(val); |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 | return cnt; |
| 2546 | } |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 | }; |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | #ifndef FEATURE_PAL |
| 2551 | // |
| 2552 | // Specialization for SString-derived classes (like SStrings) |
| 2553 | // |
| 2554 | template<typename T> |
| 2555 | class Traits<T, typename std::enable_if<std::is_base_of<SString, T>::value>::type> |
| 2556 | : public Traits<SString> |
| 2557 | { |
| 2558 | }; |
| 2559 | #endif // !FEATURE_PAL |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 | // |
| 2562 | // Convenience functions to allow argument type deduction |
| 2563 | // |
| 2564 | template <typename T> FORCEINLINE |
| 2565 | size_t raw_size(const T & val) |
| 2566 | { return Traits<T>::raw_size(val); } |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 | template <typename T> FORCEINLINE |
| 2569 | size_t raw_serialize(BYTE* dest, size_t destSize, const T & val) |
| 2570 | { return Traits<T>::raw_serialize(dest, destSize, val); } |
| 2571 | |
| 2572 | template <typename T> FORCEINLINE |
| 2573 | size_t raw_deserialize(T & val, const BYTE* src, size_t srcSize) |
| 2574 | { return Traits<T>::raw_deserialize(val, src, srcSize); } |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 | enum StreamBuffState |
| 2578 | { |
| 2579 | sbsOK, |
| 2580 | sbsUnrecoverable, |
| 2581 | sbsOOM = sbsUnrecoverable, |
| 2582 | }; |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | // |
| 2585 | // OStreamBuff - Manages writing to an output buffer |
| 2586 | // |
| 2587 | class OStreamBuff |
| 2588 | { |
| 2589 | public: |
| 2590 | OStreamBuff(BYTE * _buff, size_t _buffsize) |
| 2591 | : buffsize(_buffsize) |
| 2592 | , buff(_buff) |
| 2593 | , crt(0) |
| 2594 | , sbs(sbsOK) |
| 2595 | { } |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | template <typename T> |
| 2598 | OStreamBuff& operator << (const T & val) |
| 2599 | { |
| 2600 | if (sbs >= sbsUnrecoverable) |
| 2601 | return *this; |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | size_t cnt = raw_serialize(buff+crt, buffsize-crt, val); |
| 2604 | if (cnt == ErrOverflow) |
| 2605 | { |
| 2606 | sbs = sbsOOM; |
| 2607 | } |
| 2608 | else |
| 2609 | { |
| 2610 | crt += cnt; |
| 2611 | } |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | return *this; |
| 2614 | } |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | inline size_t GetPos() const |
| 2617 | { |
| 2618 | return crt; |
| 2619 | } |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 | inline BOOL operator!() const |
| 2622 | { |
| 2623 | return sbs >= sbsUnrecoverable; |
| 2624 | } |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 | inline StreamBuffState State() const |
| 2627 | { |
| 2628 | return sbs; |
| 2629 | } |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 | private: |
| 2632 | size_t buffsize; // size of buffer |
| 2633 | BYTE* buff; // buffer to stream to |
| 2634 | size_t crt; // current offset in buffer |
| 2635 | StreamBuffState sbs; // current state |
| 2636 | }; |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 | // |
| 2640 | // OStreamBuff - Manages reading from an input buffer |
| 2641 | // |
| 2642 | class IStreamBuff |
| 2643 | { |
| 2644 | public: |
| 2645 | IStreamBuff(const BYTE* _buff, size_t _buffsize) |
| 2646 | : buffsize(_buffsize) |
| 2647 | , buff(_buff) |
| 2648 | , crt(0) |
| 2649 | , sbs(sbsOK) |
| 2650 | { } |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | template <typename T> |
| 2653 | IStreamBuff& operator >> (T & val) |
| 2654 | { |
| 2655 | if (sbs >= sbsUnrecoverable) |
| 2656 | return *this; |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | size_t cnt = raw_deserialize(val, buff+crt, buffsize-crt); |
| 2659 | if (cnt == ErrOverflow) |
| 2660 | { |
| 2661 | sbs = sbsOOM; |
| 2662 | } |
| 2663 | else |
| 2664 | { |
| 2665 | crt += cnt; |
| 2666 | } |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 | return *this; |
| 2669 | } |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 | inline size_t GetPos() const |
| 2672 | { |
| 2673 | return crt; |
| 2674 | } |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | inline BOOL operator!() const |
| 2677 | { |
| 2678 | return sbs >= sbsUnrecoverable; |
| 2679 | } |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | inline StreamBuffState State() const |
| 2682 | { |
| 2683 | return sbs; |
| 2684 | } |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | private: |
| 2687 | size_t buffsize; // size of buffer |
| 2688 | const BYTE * buff; // buffer to read from |
| 2689 | size_t crt; // current offset in buffer |
| 2690 | StreamBuffState sbs; // current state |
| 2691 | }; |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | } } |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 | using serialization::bin::StreamBuffState; |
| 2696 | using serialization::bin::IStreamBuff; |
| 2697 | using serialization::bin::OStreamBuff; |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | // Callback function type used by DacStreamManager to coordinate |
| 2701 | // amount of available memory between multiple streamable data |
| 2702 | // structures (e.g. DacEENamesStreamable) |
| 2703 | typedef bool (*Reserve_Fnptr)(DWORD size, void * writeState); |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | // |
| 2707 | // DacEENamesStreamable |
| 2708 | // Stores EE struct* -> Name mappings and streams them to a |
| 2709 | // streambuf when asked |
| 2710 | // |
| 2711 | class DacEENamesStreamable |
| 2712 | { |
| 2713 | private: |
| 2714 | // the hash map storing the interesting mappings of EE* -> Names |
| 2715 | MapSHash< TADDR, SString, |
| 2716 | NoRemoveSHashTraits < |
| 2717 | NonDacAwareSHashTraits< MapSHashTraits <TADDR, SString> > |
| 2718 | > > m_hash; |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | Reserve_Fnptr m_reserveFn; |
| 2721 | void *m_writeState; |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | private: |
| 2724 | // signature value in the header in stream |
| 2725 | static const DWORD sig = 0x614e4545; // "EENa" - EE Name |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 | // header in stream |
| 2728 | struct |
| 2729 | { |
| 2730 | DWORD ; // 0x614e4545 == "EENa" |
| 2731 | DWORD ; // count of entries |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | static const bool = true; |
| 2734 | }; |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 | public: |
| 2737 | DacEENamesStreamable() |
| 2738 | : m_reserveFn(NULL) |
| 2739 | , m_writeState(NULL) |
| 2740 | {} |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | // Ensures the instance is ready for caching data and later writing |
| 2743 | // its map entries to an OStreamBuff. |
| 2744 | bool PrepareStreamForWriting(Reserve_Fnptr pfn, void * writeState) |
| 2745 | { |
| 2746 | _ASSERTE(pfn != NULL && writeState != NULL); |
| 2747 | m_reserveFn = pfn; |
| 2748 | m_writeState = writeState; |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 | DWORD size = (DWORD) sizeof(StreamHeader); |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 | // notify owner to reserve space for a StreamHeader |
| 2753 | return m_reserveFn(size, m_writeState); |
| 2754 | } |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 | // Adds a new mapping from an EE struct pointer (e.g. MethodDesc*) to |
| 2757 | // its name |
| 2758 | bool AddEEName(TADDR taEE, const SString & eeName) |
| 2759 | { |
| 2760 | _ASSERTE(m_reserveFn != NULL && m_writeState != NULL); |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | // as a micro-optimization convert to Utf8 here as both raw_size and |
| 2763 | // raw_serialize are optimized for Utf8... |
| 2764 | StackSString seeName; |
| 2765 | eeName.ConvertToUTF8(seeName); |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | DWORD size = (DWORD)(serialization::bin::raw_size(taEE) + |
| 2768 | serialization::bin::raw_size(seeName)); |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 | // notify owner of the amount of space needed in the buffer |
| 2771 | if (m_reserveFn(size, m_writeState)) |
| 2772 | { |
| 2773 | // if there's still space cache the entry in m_hash |
| 2774 | m_hash.AddOrReplace(KeyValuePair<TADDR, SString>(taEE, seeName)); |
| 2775 | return true; |
| 2776 | } |
| 2777 | else |
| 2778 | { |
| 2779 | return false; |
| 2780 | } |
| 2781 | } |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 | // Finds an EE name from a target address of an EE struct (e.g. |
| 2784 | // MethodDesc*) |
| 2785 | bool FindEEName(TADDR taEE, SString & eeName) const |
| 2786 | { |
| 2787 | return m_hash.Lookup(taEE, &eeName) == TRUE; |
| 2788 | } |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 | void Clear() |
| 2791 | { |
| 2792 | m_hash.RemoveAll(); |
| 2793 | } |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | // Writes a header and the hash entries to an OStreamBuff |
| 2796 | HRESULT StreamTo(OStreamBuff &out) const |
| 2797 | { |
| 2798 | StreamHeader hdr; |
| 2799 | hdr.sig = sig; |
| 2800 | hdr.cnt = (DWORD) m_hash.GetCount(); |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 | out << hdr; |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 | auto end = m_hash.End(); |
| 2805 | for (auto cur = m_hash.Begin(); end != cur; ++cur) |
| 2806 | { |
| 2807 | out << cur->Key() << cur->Value(); |
| 2808 | if (!out) |
| 2809 | return E_FAIL; |
| 2810 | } |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | return S_OK; |
| 2813 | } |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | // Reads a header and the hash entries from an IStreamBuff |
| 2816 | HRESULT StreamFrom(IStreamBuff &in) |
| 2817 | { |
| 2818 | StreamHeader hdr; |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | in >> hdr; // in >> hdr.sig >> hdr.cnt; |
| 2821 | |
| 2822 | if (hdr.sig != sig) |
| 2823 | return E_FAIL; |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 | for (size_t i = 0; i < hdr.cnt; ++i) |
| 2826 | { |
| 2827 | TADDR taEE; |
| 2828 | SString eeName; |
| 2829 | in >> taEE >> eeName; |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | if (!in) |
| 2832 | return E_FAIL; |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 | m_hash.AddOrReplace(KeyValuePair<TADDR, SString>(taEE, eeName)); |
| 2835 | } |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 | return S_OK; |
| 2838 | } |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | }; |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | //================================================================================ |
| 2843 | // This class enables two scenarios: |
| 2844 | // 1. When debugging a triage/mini-dump the class is initialized with a valid |
| 2845 | // buffer in taMiniMetaDataBuff. Afterwards one can call MdCacheGetEEName to |
| 2846 | // retrieve the name associated with a MethodDesc*. |
| 2847 | // 2. When generating a dump one must follow this sequence: |
| 2848 | // a. Initialize the DacStreamManager passing a valid (if the current |
| 2849 | // debugging target is a triage/mini-dump) or empty buffer (if the |
| 2850 | // current target is a live processa full or a heap dump) |
| 2851 | // b. Call PrepareStreamsForWriting() before starting enumerating any memory |
| 2852 | // c. Call MdCacheAddEEName() anytime we enumerate an EE structure of interest |
| 2853 | // d. Call EnumStreams() as the last action in the memory enumeration method. |
| 2854 | // |
| 2855 | class DacStreamManager |
| 2856 | { |
| 2857 | public: |
| 2858 | enum eReadOrWrite |
| 2859 | { |
| 2860 | eNone, // the stream doesn't exist (target is a live process/full/heap dump) |
| 2861 | eRO, // the stream exists and we've read it (target is triage/mini-dump) |
| 2862 | eWO, // the stream doesn't exist but we're creating it |
| 2863 | // (e.g. to save a minidump from the current debugging session) |
| 2864 | eRW // the stream exists but we're generating another triage/mini-dump |
| 2865 | }; |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | static const DWORD sig = 0x6d727473; // 'strm' |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 | struct |
| 2870 | { |
| 2871 | DWORD ; // 0x6d727473 == "strm" |
| 2872 | DWORD ; // total size in bytes |
| 2873 | DWORD ; // number of streams (currently 1) |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 | static const bool = true; |
| 2876 | }; |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | DacStreamManager(TADDR miniMetaDataBuffAddress, DWORD miniMetaDataBuffSizeMax) |
| 2879 | : m_MiniMetaDataBuffAddress(miniMetaDataBuffAddress) |
| 2880 | , m_MiniMetaDataBuffSizeMax(miniMetaDataBuffSizeMax) |
| 2881 | , m_rawBuffer(NULL) |
| 2882 | , m_cbAvailBuff(0) |
| 2883 | , m_rw(eNone) |
| 2884 | , m_bStreamsRead(FALSE) |
| 2885 | , m_EENames() |
| 2886 | { |
| 2887 | Initialize(); |
| 2888 | } |
| 2889 | |
| 2890 | ~DacStreamManager() |
| 2891 | { |
| 2892 | if (m_rawBuffer != NULL) |
| 2893 | { |
| 2894 | delete [] m_rawBuffer; |
| 2895 | } |
| 2896 | } |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | bool PrepareStreamsForWriting() |
| 2899 | { |
| 2900 | if (m_rw == eNone) |
| 2901 | m_rw = eWO; |
| 2902 | else if (m_rw == eRO) |
| 2903 | m_rw = eRW; |
| 2904 | else if (m_rw == eRW) |
| 2905 | /* nothing */; |
| 2906 | else // m_rw == eWO |
| 2907 | { |
| 2908 | // this is a second invocation from a possibly live process |
| 2909 | // clean up the map since the callstacks/exceptions may be different |
| 2910 | m_EENames.Clear(); |
| 2911 | } |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 | // update available count based on the header and footer sizes |
| 2914 | if (m_MiniMetaDataBuffSizeMax < sizeof(StreamsHeader)) |
| 2915 | return false; |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 | m_cbAvailBuff = m_MiniMetaDataBuffSizeMax - sizeof(StreamsHeader); |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 | // update available count based on each stream's initial needs |
| 2920 | if (!m_EENames.PrepareStreamForWriting(&ReserveInBuffer, this)) |
| 2921 | return false; |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 | return true; |
| 2924 | } |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 | bool MdCacheAddEEName(TADDR taEEStruct, const SString& name) |
| 2927 | { |
| 2928 | // don't cache unless we enabled "W"riting from a target that does not |
| 2929 | // already have a stream yet |
| 2930 | if (m_rw != eWO) |
| 2931 | return false; |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 | m_EENames.AddEEName(taEEStruct, name); |
| 2934 | return true; |
| 2935 | } |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | HRESULT EnumStreams(IN CLRDataEnumMemoryFlags flags) |
| 2938 | { |
| 2939 | _ASSERTE(flags == CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_MINI || flags == CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_TRIAGE); |
| 2940 | _ASSERTE(m_rw == eWO || m_rw == eRW); |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 | DWORD cbWritten = 0; |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | if (m_rw == eWO) |
| 2945 | { |
| 2946 | // only dump the stream is it wasn't already present in the target |
| 2947 | DumpAllStreams(&cbWritten); |
| 2948 | } |
| 2949 | else |
| 2950 | { |
| 2951 | cbWritten = m_MiniMetaDataBuffSizeMax; |
| 2952 | } |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(m_MiniMetaDataBuffAddress, cbWritten, false); |
| 2955 | DacUpdateMemoryRegion(m_MiniMetaDataBuffAddress, cbWritten, m_rawBuffer); |
| 2956 | |
| 2957 | return S_OK; |
| 2958 | } |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 | bool MdCacheGetEEName(TADDR taEEStruct, SString & eeName) |
| 2961 | { |
| 2962 | if (!m_bStreamsRead) |
| 2963 | { |
| 2964 | ReadAllStreams(); |
| 2965 | } |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 | if (m_rw == eNone || m_rw == eWO) |
| 2968 | { |
| 2969 | return false; |
| 2970 | } |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 | return m_EENames.FindEEName(taEEStruct, eeName); |
| 2973 | } |
| 2974 | |
| 2975 | private: |
| 2976 | HRESULT Initialize() |
| 2977 | { |
| 2978 | _ASSERTE(m_rw == eNone); |
| 2979 | _ASSERTE(m_rawBuffer == NULL); |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | StreamsHeader hdr; |
| 2984 | DacReadAll(dac_cast<TADDR>(m_MiniMetaDataBuffAddress), |
| 2985 | &hdr, sizeof(hdr), true); |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 | // when the DAC looks at a triage dump or minidump generated using |
| 2988 | // a "minimetadata" enabled DAC, buff will point to a serialized |
| 2989 | // representation of a methoddesc->method name hashmap. |
| 2990 | if (hdr.dwSig == sig) |
| 2991 | { |
| 2992 | m_rw = eRO; |
| 2993 | m_MiniMetaDataBuffSizeMax = hdr.dwTotalSize; |
| 2994 | hr = S_OK; |
| 2995 | } |
| 2996 | else |
| 2997 | // when the DAC initializes this for the case where the target is |
| 2998 | // (a) a live process, or (b) a full dump, buff will point to a |
| 2999 | // zero initialized memory region (allocated w/ VirtualAlloc) |
| 3000 | if (hdr.dwSig == 0 && hdr.dwTotalSize == 0 && hdr.dwCntStreams == 0) |
| 3001 | { |
| 3002 | hr = S_OK; |
| 3003 | } |
| 3004 | // otherwise we may have some memory corruption. treat this as |
| 3005 | // a liveprocess/full dump |
| 3006 | else |
| 3007 | { |
| 3008 | hr = S_FALSE; |
| 3009 | } |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | BYTE * buff = new BYTE[m_MiniMetaDataBuffSizeMax]; |
| 3012 | DacReadAll(dac_cast<TADDR>(m_MiniMetaDataBuffAddress), |
| 3013 | buff, m_MiniMetaDataBuffSizeMax, true); |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | m_rawBuffer = buff; |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 | return hr; |
| 3018 | } |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | HRESULT DumpAllStreams(DWORD * pcbWritten) |
| 3021 | { |
| 3022 | _ASSERTE(m_rw == eWO); |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
| 3025 | |
| 3026 | OStreamBuff out(m_rawBuffer, m_MiniMetaDataBuffSizeMax); |
| 3027 | |
| 3028 | // write header |
| 3029 | StreamsHeader hdr; |
| 3030 | hdr.dwSig = sig; |
| 3031 | hdr.dwTotalSize = m_MiniMetaDataBuffSizeMax-m_cbAvailBuff; // will update |
| 3032 | hdr.dwCntStreams = 1; |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | out << hdr; |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 | // write MethodDesc->Method name map |
| 3037 | hr = m_EENames.StreamTo(out); |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | // wrap up the buffer whether we ecountered an error or not |
| 3040 | size_t cbWritten = out.GetPos(); |
| 3041 | cbWritten = ALIGN_UP(cbWritten, sizeof(size_t)); |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | // patch the dwTotalSize field blitted at the beginning of the buffer |
| 3044 | ((StreamsHeader*)m_rawBuffer)->dwTotalSize = (DWORD) cbWritten; |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | if (pcbWritten) |
| 3047 | *pcbWritten = (DWORD) cbWritten; |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | return hr; |
| 3050 | } |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | HRESULT ReadAllStreams() |
| 3053 | { |
| 3054 | _ASSERTE(!m_bStreamsRead); |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | if (m_rw == eNone || m_rw == eWO) |
| 3057 | { |
| 3058 | // no streams to read... |
| 3059 | m_bStreamsRead = TRUE; |
| 3060 | return S_FALSE; |
| 3061 | } |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | IStreamBuff in(m_rawBuffer, m_MiniMetaDataBuffSizeMax); |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | // read header |
| 3068 | StreamsHeader hdr; |
| 3069 | in >> hdr; |
| 3070 | _ASSERTE(hdr.dwSig == sig); |
| 3071 | _ASSERTE(hdr.dwCntStreams == 1); |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 | // read EE struct pointer -> EE name map |
| 3074 | m_EENames.Clear(); |
| 3075 | hr = m_EENames.StreamFrom(in); |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | m_bStreamsRead = TRUE; |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | return hr; |
| 3080 | } |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 | static bool ReserveInBuffer(DWORD size, void * writeState) |
| 3083 | { |
| 3084 | DacStreamManager * pThis = reinterpret_cast<DacStreamManager*>(writeState); |
| 3085 | if (size > pThis->m_cbAvailBuff) |
| 3086 | { |
| 3087 | return false; |
| 3088 | } |
| 3089 | else |
| 3090 | { |
| 3091 | pThis->m_cbAvailBuff -= size; |
| 3092 | return true; |
| 3093 | } |
| 3094 | } |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | private: |
| 3097 | TADDR m_MiniMetaDataBuffAddress; // TADDR of the buffer |
| 3098 | DWORD m_MiniMetaDataBuffSizeMax; // max size of buffer |
| 3099 | BYTE * m_rawBuffer; // inproc copy of buffer |
| 3100 | DWORD m_cbAvailBuff; // available bytes in buffer |
| 3101 | eReadOrWrite m_rw; |
| 3102 | BOOL m_bStreamsRead; |
| 3103 | DacEENamesStreamable m_EENames; |
| 3104 | }; |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 | #endif // FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3109 | // |
| 3110 | // ClrDataAccess. |
| 3111 | // |
| 3112 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | LONG ClrDataAccess::s_procInit; |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | ClrDataAccess::ClrDataAccess(ICorDebugDataTarget * pTarget, ICLRDataTarget * pLegacyTarget/*=0*/) |
| 3117 | { |
| 3118 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; // ctor does no marshalling - don't check with DacCop |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | /* |
| 3121 | * Stash the various forms of the new ICorDebugDataTarget interface |
| 3122 | */ |
| 3123 | m_pTarget = pTarget; |
| 3124 | m_pTarget->AddRef(); |
| 3125 | |
| 3126 | HRESULT hr; |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | hr = m_pTarget->QueryInterface(__uuidof(ICorDebugMutableDataTarget), |
| 3129 | (void**)&m_pMutableTarget); |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | if (hr != S_OK) |
| 3132 | { |
| 3133 | // Create a target which always fails the write requests with CORDBG_E_TARGET_READONLY |
| 3134 | m_pMutableTarget = new ReadOnlyDataTargetFacade(); |
| 3135 | m_pMutableTarget->AddRef(); |
| 3136 | } |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | /* |
| 3139 | * If we have a legacy target, it means we're providing compatibility for code that used |
| 3140 | * the old ICLRDataTarget interfaces. There are still a few things (like metadata location, |
| 3141 | * GetImageBase, and VirtualAlloc) that the implementation may use which we haven't superseded |
| 3142 | * in ICorDebugDataTarget, so we still need access to the old target interfaces. |
| 3143 | * Any functionality that does exist in ICorDebugDataTarget is accessed from that interface |
| 3144 | * using the DataTargetAdapter on top of the legacy interface (to unify the calling code). |
| 3145 | * Eventually we may expose all functionality we need using ICorDebug (possibly a private |
| 3146 | * interface for things like VirtualAlloc), at which point we can stop using the legacy interfaces |
| 3147 | * completely (except in the DataTargetAdapter). |
| 3148 | */ |
| 3149 | m_pLegacyTarget = NULL; |
| 3150 | m_pLegacyTarget2 = NULL; |
| 3151 | m_pLegacyTarget3 = NULL; |
| 3152 | m_legacyMetaDataLocator = NULL; |
| 3153 | m_target3 = NULL; |
| 3154 | if (pLegacyTarget != NULL) |
| 3155 | { |
| 3156 | m_pLegacyTarget = pLegacyTarget; |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 | m_pLegacyTarget->AddRef(); |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | m_pLegacyTarget->QueryInterface(__uuidof(ICLRDataTarget2), (void**)&m_pLegacyTarget2); |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | m_pLegacyTarget->QueryInterface(__uuidof(ICLRDataTarget3), (void**)&m_pLegacyTarget3); |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | if (pLegacyTarget->QueryInterface(__uuidof(ICLRMetadataLocator), |
| 3165 | (void**)&m_legacyMetaDataLocator) != S_OK) |
| 3166 | { |
| 3167 | // The debugger doesn't implement IMetadataLocator. Use |
| 3168 | // IXCLRDataTarget3 if that exists. Otherwise we don't need it. |
| 3169 | pLegacyTarget->QueryInterface(__uuidof(IXCLRDataTarget3), |
| 3170 | (void**)&m_target3); |
| 3171 | } |
| 3172 | } |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | m_globalBase = 0; |
| 3175 | m_refs = 1; |
| 3176 | m_instanceAge = 0; |
| 3177 | m_debugMode = GetEnvironmentVariableA("MSCORDACWKS_DEBUG" , NULL, 0) != 0; |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 | m_enumMemCb = NULL; |
| 3180 | m_updateMemCb = NULL; |
| 3181 | m_enumMemFlags = (CLRDataEnumMemoryFlags)-1; // invalid |
| 3182 | m_jitNotificationTable = NULL; |
| 3183 | m_gcNotificationTable = NULL; |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | #ifdef FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 3186 | m_streams = NULL; |
| 3187 | #endif // FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | // Target consistency checks are disabled by default. |
| 3190 | // See code:ClrDataAccess::SetTargetConsistencyChecks for details. |
| 3191 | m_fEnableTargetConsistencyAsserts = false; |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 3194 | if (CLRConfig::GetConfigValue(CLRConfig::INTERNAL_DbgDACEnableAssert)) |
| 3195 | { |
| 3196 | m_fEnableTargetConsistencyAsserts = true; |
| 3197 | } |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | // Verification asserts are disabled by default because some debuggers (cdb/windbg) probe likely locations |
| 3200 | // for DAC and having this assert pop up all the time can be annoying. We let derived classes enable |
| 3201 | // this if they want. It can also be overridden at run-time with COMPlus_DbgDACAssertOnMismatch, |
| 3202 | // see ClrDataAccess::VerifyDlls for details. |
| 3203 | m_fEnableDllVerificationAsserts = false; |
| 3204 | #endif |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 | } |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | ClrDataAccess::~ClrDataAccess(void) |
| 3209 | { |
| 3210 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 3211 | |
| 3212 | #ifdef FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 3213 | if (m_streams) |
| 3214 | { |
| 3215 | delete m_streams; |
| 3216 | } |
| 3217 | #endif // FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | delete [] m_jitNotificationTable; |
| 3220 | if (m_pLegacyTarget) |
| 3221 | { |
| 3222 | m_pLegacyTarget->Release(); |
| 3223 | } |
| 3224 | if (m_pLegacyTarget2) |
| 3225 | { |
| 3226 | m_pLegacyTarget2->Release(); |
| 3227 | } |
| 3228 | if (m_pLegacyTarget3) |
| 3229 | { |
| 3230 | m_pLegacyTarget3->Release(); |
| 3231 | } |
| 3232 | if (m_legacyMetaDataLocator) |
| 3233 | { |
| 3234 | m_legacyMetaDataLocator->Release(); |
| 3235 | } |
| 3236 | if (m_target3) |
| 3237 | { |
| 3238 | m_target3->Release(); |
| 3239 | } |
| 3240 | m_pTarget->Release(); |
| 3241 | m_pMutableTarget->Release(); |
| 3242 | } |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | STDMETHODIMP |
| 3245 | ClrDataAccess::QueryInterface(THIS_ |
| 3246 | IN REFIID interfaceId, |
| 3247 | OUT PVOID* iface) |
| 3248 | { |
| 3249 | void* ifaceRet; |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | if (IsEqualIID(interfaceId, IID_IUnknown) || |
| 3252 | IsEqualIID(interfaceId, __uuidof(IXCLRDataProcess)) || |
| 3253 | IsEqualIID(interfaceId, __uuidof(IXCLRDataProcess2))) |
| 3254 | { |
| 3255 | ifaceRet = static_cast<IXCLRDataProcess2*>(this); |
| 3256 | } |
| 3257 | else if (IsEqualIID(interfaceId, __uuidof(ICLRDataEnumMemoryRegions))) |
| 3258 | { |
| 3259 | ifaceRet = static_cast<ICLRDataEnumMemoryRegions*>(this); |
| 3260 | } |
| 3261 | else if (IsEqualIID(interfaceId, __uuidof(ISOSDacInterface))) |
| 3262 | { |
| 3263 | ifaceRet = static_cast<ISOSDacInterface*>(this); |
| 3264 | } |
| 3265 | else if (IsEqualIID(interfaceId, __uuidof(ISOSDacInterface2))) |
| 3266 | { |
| 3267 | ifaceRet = static_cast<ISOSDacInterface2*>(this); |
| 3268 | } |
| 3269 | else if (IsEqualIID(interfaceId, __uuidof(ISOSDacInterface3))) |
| 3270 | { |
| 3271 | ifaceRet = static_cast<ISOSDacInterface3*>(this); |
| 3272 | } |
| 3273 | else if (IsEqualIID(interfaceId, __uuidof(ISOSDacInterface4))) |
| 3274 | { |
| 3275 | ifaceRet = static_cast<ISOSDacInterface4*>(this); |
| 3276 | } |
| 3277 | else if (IsEqualIID(interfaceId, __uuidof(ISOSDacInterface5))) |
| 3278 | { |
| 3279 | ifaceRet = static_cast<ISOSDacInterface5*>(this); |
| 3280 | } |
| 3281 | else if (IsEqualIID(interfaceId, __uuidof(ISOSDacInterface6))) |
| 3282 | { |
| 3283 | ifaceRet = static_cast<ISOSDacInterface6*>(this); |
| 3284 | } |
| 3285 | else |
| 3286 | { |
| 3287 | *iface = NULL; |
| 3288 | return E_NOINTERFACE; |
| 3289 | } |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | AddRef(); |
| 3292 | *iface = ifaceRet; |
| 3293 | return S_OK; |
| 3294 | } |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) |
| 3297 | ClrDataAccess::AddRef(THIS) |
| 3298 | { |
| 3299 | return InterlockedIncrement(&m_refs); |
| 3300 | } |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 | STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) |
| 3303 | ClrDataAccess::Release(THIS) |
| 3304 | { |
| 3305 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 3306 | LONG newRefs = InterlockedDecrement(&m_refs); |
| 3307 | if (newRefs == 0) |
| 3308 | { |
| 3309 | delete this; |
| 3310 | } |
| 3311 | return newRefs; |
| 3312 | } |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3315 | ClrDataAccess::Flush(void) |
| 3316 | { |
| 3317 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | // |
| 3320 | // Free MD import objects. |
| 3321 | // |
| 3322 | m_mdImports.Flush(); |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | // Free instance memory. |
| 3325 | m_instances.Flush(); |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | // When the host instance cache is flushed we |
| 3328 | // update the instance age count so that |
| 3329 | // all child objects automatically become |
| 3330 | // invalid. This prevents them from using |
| 3331 | // any pointers they've kept to host instances |
| 3332 | // which are now gone. |
| 3333 | m_instanceAge++; |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | return S_OK; |
| 3336 | } |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3339 | ClrDataAccess::StartEnumTasks( |
| 3340 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_ENUM* handle) |
| 3341 | { |
| 3342 | HRESULT status; |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 | EX_TRY |
| 3347 | { |
| 3348 | if (ThreadStore::s_pThreadStore) |
| 3349 | { |
| 3350 | Thread* thread = ThreadStore::GetAllThreadList(NULL, 0, 0); |
| 3351 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(thread); |
| 3352 | status = *handle ? S_OK : S_FALSE; |
| 3353 | } |
| 3354 | else |
| 3355 | { |
| 3356 | status = S_FALSE; |
| 3357 | } |
| 3358 | } |
| 3359 | EX_CATCH |
| 3360 | { |
| 3361 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3362 | { |
| 3363 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3364 | } |
| 3365 | } |
| 3366 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3369 | return status; |
| 3370 | } |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3373 | ClrDataAccess::EnumTask( |
| 3374 | /* [in, out] */ CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 3375 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataTask **task) |
| 3376 | { |
| 3377 | HRESULT status; |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | EX_TRY |
| 3382 | { |
| 3383 | if (*handle) |
| 3384 | { |
| 3385 | Thread* thread = FROM_CDENUM(Thread, *handle); |
| 3386 | *task = new (nothrow) ClrDataTask(this, thread); |
| 3387 | if (*task) |
| 3388 | { |
| 3389 | thread = ThreadStore::GetAllThreadList(thread, 0, 0); |
| 3390 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(thread); |
| 3391 | status = S_OK; |
| 3392 | } |
| 3393 | else |
| 3394 | { |
| 3395 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 3396 | } |
| 3397 | } |
| 3398 | else |
| 3399 | { |
| 3400 | status = S_FALSE; |
| 3401 | } |
| 3402 | } |
| 3403 | EX_CATCH |
| 3404 | { |
| 3405 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3406 | { |
| 3407 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3408 | } |
| 3409 | } |
| 3410 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3413 | return status; |
| 3414 | } |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3417 | ClrDataAccess::EndEnumTasks( |
| 3418 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ENUM handle) |
| 3419 | { |
| 3420 | HRESULT status; |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 | EX_TRY |
| 3425 | { |
| 3426 | // Enumerator holds no resources. |
| 3427 | status = S_OK; |
| 3428 | } |
| 3429 | EX_CATCH |
| 3430 | { |
| 3431 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3432 | { |
| 3433 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3434 | } |
| 3435 | } |
| 3436 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3439 | return status; |
| 3440 | } |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3443 | ClrDataAccess::GetTaskByOSThreadID( |
| 3444 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 osThreadID, |
| 3445 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataTask **task) |
| 3446 | { |
| 3447 | HRESULT status; |
| 3448 | |
| 3449 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 | EX_TRY |
| 3452 | { |
| 3453 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 3454 | Thread* thread = DacGetThread(osThreadID); |
| 3455 | if (thread != NULL) |
| 3456 | { |
| 3457 | *task = new (nothrow) ClrDataTask(this, thread); |
| 3458 | status = *task ? S_OK : E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 3459 | } |
| 3460 | } |
| 3461 | EX_CATCH |
| 3462 | { |
| 3463 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3464 | { |
| 3465 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3466 | } |
| 3467 | } |
| 3468 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3469 | |
| 3470 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3471 | return status; |
| 3472 | } |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3475 | ClrDataAccess::GetTaskByUniqueID( |
| 3476 | /* [in] */ ULONG64 uniqueID, |
| 3477 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataTask **task) |
| 3478 | { |
| 3479 | HRESULT status; |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 | EX_TRY |
| 3484 | { |
| 3485 | Thread* thread = FindClrThreadByTaskId(uniqueID); |
| 3486 | if (thread) |
| 3487 | { |
| 3488 | *task = new (nothrow) ClrDataTask(this, thread); |
| 3489 | status = *task ? S_OK : E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 3490 | } |
| 3491 | else |
| 3492 | { |
| 3493 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 3494 | } |
| 3495 | } |
| 3496 | EX_CATCH |
| 3497 | { |
| 3498 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3499 | { |
| 3500 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3501 | } |
| 3502 | } |
| 3503 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3506 | return status; |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3510 | ClrDataAccess::GetFlags( |
| 3511 | /* [out] */ ULONG32 *flags) |
| 3512 | { |
| 3513 | HRESULT status; |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 | EX_TRY |
| 3518 | { |
| 3519 | // XXX Microsoft - GC check. |
| 3520 | *flags = CLRDATA_PROCESS_DEFAULT; |
| 3521 | status = S_OK; |
| 3522 | } |
| 3523 | EX_CATCH |
| 3524 | { |
| 3525 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3526 | { |
| 3527 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3528 | } |
| 3529 | } |
| 3530 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3533 | return status; |
| 3534 | } |
| 3535 | |
| 3536 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3537 | ClrDataAccess::IsSameObject( |
| 3538 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataProcess* process) |
| 3539 | { |
| 3540 | HRESULT status; |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | EX_TRY |
| 3545 | { |
| 3546 | status = m_pTarget == ((ClrDataAccess*)process)->m_pTarget ? |
| 3547 | S_OK : S_FALSE; |
| 3548 | } |
| 3549 | EX_CATCH |
| 3550 | { |
| 3551 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3552 | { |
| 3553 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3554 | } |
| 3555 | } |
| 3556 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3559 | return status; |
| 3560 | } |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3563 | ClrDataAccess::GetManagedObject( |
| 3564 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataValue **value) |
| 3565 | { |
| 3566 | HRESULT status; |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 | EX_TRY |
| 3571 | { |
| 3572 | // XXX Microsoft. |
| 3573 | status = E_NOTIMPL; |
| 3574 | } |
| 3575 | EX_CATCH |
| 3576 | { |
| 3577 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3578 | { |
| 3579 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3580 | } |
| 3581 | } |
| 3582 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3585 | return status; |
| 3586 | } |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3589 | ClrDataAccess::GetDesiredExecutionState( |
| 3590 | /* [out] */ ULONG32 *state) |
| 3591 | { |
| 3592 | HRESULT status; |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 | EX_TRY |
| 3597 | { |
| 3598 | // XXX Microsoft. |
| 3599 | status = E_NOTIMPL; |
| 3600 | } |
| 3601 | EX_CATCH |
| 3602 | { |
| 3603 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3604 | { |
| 3605 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3606 | } |
| 3607 | } |
| 3608 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3611 | return status; |
| 3612 | } |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3615 | ClrDataAccess::SetDesiredExecutionState( |
| 3616 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 state) |
| 3617 | { |
| 3618 | HRESULT status; |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 | EX_TRY |
| 3623 | { |
| 3624 | // XXX Microsoft. |
| 3625 | status = E_NOTIMPL; |
| 3626 | } |
| 3627 | EX_CATCH |
| 3628 | { |
| 3629 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3630 | { |
| 3631 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3632 | } |
| 3633 | } |
| 3634 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3637 | return status; |
| 3638 | } |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3641 | ClrDataAccess::GetAddressType( |
| 3642 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS address, |
| 3643 | /* [out] */ CLRDataAddressType* type) |
| 3644 | { |
| 3645 | HRESULT status; |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 | EX_TRY |
| 3650 | { |
| 3651 | // The only thing that constitutes a failure is some |
| 3652 | // dac failure while checking things. |
| 3653 | status = S_OK; |
| 3654 | TADDR taAddr = CLRDATA_ADDRESS_TO_TADDR(address); |
| 3655 | if (IsPossibleCodeAddress(taAddr) == S_OK) |
| 3656 | { |
| 3657 | if (ExecutionManager::IsManagedCode(taAddr)) |
| 3658 | { |
| 3659 | *type = CLRDATA_ADDRESS_MANAGED_METHOD; |
| 3660 | goto Exit; |
| 3661 | } |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | if (StubManager::IsStub(taAddr)) |
| 3664 | { |
| 3665 | *type = CLRDATA_ADDRESS_RUNTIME_UNMANAGED_STUB; |
| 3666 | goto Exit; |
| 3667 | } |
| 3668 | } |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 | *type = CLRDATA_ADDRESS_UNRECOGNIZED; |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | Exit: ; |
| 3673 | } |
| 3674 | EX_CATCH |
| 3675 | { |
| 3676 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3677 | { |
| 3678 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3679 | } |
| 3680 | } |
| 3681 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3684 | return status; |
| 3685 | } |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3688 | ClrDataAccess::GetRuntimeNameByAddress( |
| 3689 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS address, |
| 3690 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 flags, |
| 3691 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 bufLen, |
| 3692 | /* [out] */ ULONG32 *symbolLen, |
| 3693 | /* [size_is][out] */ __out_ecount_opt(bufLen) WCHAR symbolBuf[ ], |
| 3694 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS* displacement) |
| 3695 | { |
| 3696 | HRESULT status; |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 | EX_TRY |
| 3701 | { |
| 3702 | #ifdef _TARGET_ARM_ |
| 3703 | address &= ~THUMB_CODE; //workaround for windbg passing in addresses with the THUMB mode bit set |
| 3704 | #endif |
| 3705 | status = RawGetMethodName(address, flags, bufLen, symbolLen, symbolBuf, |
| 3706 | displacement); |
| 3707 | } |
| 3708 | EX_CATCH |
| 3709 | { |
| 3710 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3711 | { |
| 3712 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3713 | } |
| 3714 | } |
| 3715 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3718 | return status; |
| 3719 | } |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3722 | ClrDataAccess::StartEnumAppDomains( |
| 3723 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_ENUM* handle) |
| 3724 | { |
| 3725 | HRESULT status; |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | EX_TRY |
| 3730 | { |
| 3731 | AppDomainIterator* iter = new (nothrow) AppDomainIterator(FALSE); |
| 3732 | if (iter) |
| 3733 | { |
| 3734 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(iter); |
| 3735 | status = S_OK; |
| 3736 | } |
| 3737 | else |
| 3738 | { |
| 3739 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 3740 | } |
| 3741 | } |
| 3742 | EX_CATCH |
| 3743 | { |
| 3744 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3745 | { |
| 3746 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3747 | } |
| 3748 | } |
| 3749 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3752 | return status; |
| 3753 | } |
| 3754 | |
| 3755 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3756 | ClrDataAccess::EnumAppDomain( |
| 3757 | /* [in, out] */ CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 3758 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataAppDomain **appDomain) |
| 3759 | { |
| 3760 | HRESULT status; |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 | EX_TRY |
| 3765 | { |
| 3766 | AppDomainIterator* iter = FROM_CDENUM(AppDomainIterator, *handle); |
| 3767 | if (iter->Next()) |
| 3768 | { |
| 3769 | *appDomain = new (nothrow) |
| 3770 | ClrDataAppDomain(this, iter->GetDomain()); |
| 3771 | status = *appDomain ? S_OK : E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 3772 | } |
| 3773 | else |
| 3774 | { |
| 3775 | status = S_FALSE; |
| 3776 | } |
| 3777 | } |
| 3778 | EX_CATCH |
| 3779 | { |
| 3780 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3781 | { |
| 3782 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3783 | } |
| 3784 | } |
| 3785 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3788 | return status; |
| 3789 | } |
| 3790 | |
| 3791 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3792 | ClrDataAccess::EndEnumAppDomains( |
| 3793 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ENUM handle) |
| 3794 | { |
| 3795 | HRESULT status; |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | EX_TRY |
| 3800 | { |
| 3801 | AppDomainIterator* iter = FROM_CDENUM(AppDomainIterator, handle); |
| 3802 | delete iter; |
| 3803 | status = S_OK; |
| 3804 | } |
| 3805 | EX_CATCH |
| 3806 | { |
| 3807 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3808 | { |
| 3809 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3810 | } |
| 3811 | } |
| 3812 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3815 | return status; |
| 3816 | } |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3819 | ClrDataAccess::GetAppDomainByUniqueID( |
| 3820 | /* [in] */ ULONG64 uniqueID, |
| 3821 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataAppDomain **appDomain) |
| 3822 | { |
| 3823 | HRESULT status; |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 | EX_TRY |
| 3828 | { |
| 3829 | AppDomainIterator iter(FALSE); |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 3832 | while (iter.Next()) |
| 3833 | { |
| 3834 | if (iter.GetDomain()->GetId().m_dwId == uniqueID) |
| 3835 | { |
| 3836 | *appDomain = new (nothrow) |
| 3837 | ClrDataAppDomain(this, iter.GetDomain()); |
| 3838 | status = *appDomain ? S_OK : E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 3839 | break; |
| 3840 | } |
| 3841 | } |
| 3842 | } |
| 3843 | EX_CATCH |
| 3844 | { |
| 3845 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3846 | { |
| 3847 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3848 | } |
| 3849 | } |
| 3850 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3853 | return status; |
| 3854 | } |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3857 | ClrDataAccess::StartEnumAssemblies( |
| 3858 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_ENUM* handle) |
| 3859 | { |
| 3860 | HRESULT status; |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 | EX_TRY |
| 3865 | { |
| 3866 | ProcessModIter* iter = new (nothrow) ProcessModIter; |
| 3867 | if (iter) |
| 3868 | { |
| 3869 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(iter); |
| 3870 | status = S_OK; |
| 3871 | } |
| 3872 | else |
| 3873 | { |
| 3874 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 3875 | } |
| 3876 | } |
| 3877 | EX_CATCH |
| 3878 | { |
| 3879 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3880 | { |
| 3881 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3882 | } |
| 3883 | } |
| 3884 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3887 | return status; |
| 3888 | } |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3891 | ClrDataAccess::EnumAssembly( |
| 3892 | /* [in, out] */ CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 3893 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataAssembly **assembly) |
| 3894 | { |
| 3895 | HRESULT status; |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 | EX_TRY |
| 3900 | { |
| 3901 | ProcessModIter* iter = FROM_CDENUM(ProcessModIter, *handle); |
| 3902 | Assembly* assem; |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 | if ((assem = iter->NextAssem())) |
| 3905 | { |
| 3906 | *assembly = new (nothrow) |
| 3907 | ClrDataAssembly(this, assem); |
| 3908 | status = *assembly ? S_OK : E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 3909 | } |
| 3910 | else |
| 3911 | { |
| 3912 | status = S_FALSE; |
| 3913 | } |
| 3914 | } |
| 3915 | EX_CATCH |
| 3916 | { |
| 3917 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3918 | { |
| 3919 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3920 | } |
| 3921 | } |
| 3922 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3923 | |
| 3924 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3925 | return status; |
| 3926 | } |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3929 | ClrDataAccess::EndEnumAssemblies( |
| 3930 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ENUM handle) |
| 3931 | { |
| 3932 | HRESULT status; |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 | EX_TRY |
| 3937 | { |
| 3938 | ProcessModIter* iter = FROM_CDENUM(ProcessModIter, handle); |
| 3939 | delete iter; |
| 3940 | status = S_OK; |
| 3941 | } |
| 3942 | EX_CATCH |
| 3943 | { |
| 3944 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3945 | { |
| 3946 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3947 | } |
| 3948 | } |
| 3949 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3952 | return status; |
| 3953 | } |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3956 | ClrDataAccess::StartEnumModules( |
| 3957 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_ENUM* handle) |
| 3958 | { |
| 3959 | HRESULT status; |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | EX_TRY |
| 3964 | { |
| 3965 | ProcessModIter* iter = new (nothrow) ProcessModIter; |
| 3966 | if (iter) |
| 3967 | { |
| 3968 | *handle = TO_CDENUM(iter); |
| 3969 | status = S_OK; |
| 3970 | } |
| 3971 | else |
| 3972 | { |
| 3973 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 3974 | } |
| 3975 | } |
| 3976 | EX_CATCH |
| 3977 | { |
| 3978 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 3979 | { |
| 3980 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 3981 | } |
| 3982 | } |
| 3983 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 3986 | return status; |
| 3987 | } |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 3990 | ClrDataAccess::EnumModule( |
| 3991 | /* [in, out] */ CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 3992 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataModule **mod) |
| 3993 | { |
| 3994 | HRESULT status; |
| 3995 | |
| 3996 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | EX_TRY |
| 3999 | { |
| 4000 | ProcessModIter* iter = FROM_CDENUM(ProcessModIter, *handle); |
| 4001 | Module* curMod; |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | if ((curMod = iter->NextModule())) |
| 4004 | { |
| 4005 | *mod = new (nothrow) |
| 4006 | ClrDataModule(this, curMod); |
| 4007 | status = *mod ? S_OK : E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 4008 | } |
| 4009 | else |
| 4010 | { |
| 4011 | status = S_FALSE; |
| 4012 | } |
| 4013 | } |
| 4014 | EX_CATCH |
| 4015 | { |
| 4016 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4017 | { |
| 4018 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4019 | } |
| 4020 | } |
| 4021 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4024 | return status; |
| 4025 | } |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4028 | ClrDataAccess::EndEnumModules( |
| 4029 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ENUM handle) |
| 4030 | { |
| 4031 | HRESULT status; |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | EX_TRY |
| 4036 | { |
| 4037 | ProcessModIter* iter = FROM_CDENUM(ProcessModIter, handle); |
| 4038 | delete iter; |
| 4039 | status = S_OK; |
| 4040 | } |
| 4041 | EX_CATCH |
| 4042 | { |
| 4043 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4044 | { |
| 4045 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4046 | } |
| 4047 | } |
| 4048 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4051 | return status; |
| 4052 | } |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4055 | ClrDataAccess::GetModuleByAddress( |
| 4056 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS address, |
| 4057 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataModule** mod) |
| 4058 | { |
| 4059 | HRESULT status; |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 | EX_TRY |
| 4064 | { |
| 4065 | ProcessModIter modIter; |
| 4066 | Module* modDef; |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | while ((modDef = modIter.NextModule())) |
| 4069 | { |
| 4070 | TADDR base; |
| 4071 | ULONG32 length; |
| 4072 | PEFile* file = modDef->GetFile(); |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | if ((base = PTR_TO_TADDR(file->GetLoadedImageContents(&length)))) |
| 4075 | { |
| 4076 | if (TO_CDADDR(base) <= address && |
| 4077 | TO_CDADDR(base + length) > address) |
| 4078 | { |
| 4079 | break; |
| 4080 | } |
| 4081 | } |
| 4082 | if (file->HasNativeImage()) |
| 4083 | { |
| 4084 | base = PTR_TO_TADDR(file->GetLoadedNative()->GetBase()); |
| 4085 | length = file->GetLoadedNative()->GetVirtualSize(); |
| 4086 | if (TO_CDADDR(base) <= address && |
| 4087 | TO_CDADDR(base + length) > address) |
| 4088 | { |
| 4089 | break; |
| 4090 | } |
| 4091 | } |
| 4092 | } |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 | if (modDef) |
| 4095 | { |
| 4096 | *mod = new (nothrow) |
| 4097 | ClrDataModule(this, modDef); |
| 4098 | status = *mod ? S_OK : E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 4099 | } |
| 4100 | else |
| 4101 | { |
| 4102 | status = S_FALSE; |
| 4103 | } |
| 4104 | } |
| 4105 | EX_CATCH |
| 4106 | { |
| 4107 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4108 | { |
| 4109 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4110 | } |
| 4111 | } |
| 4112 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4115 | return status; |
| 4116 | } |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4119 | ClrDataAccess::StartEnumMethodDefinitionsByAddress( |
| 4120 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS address, |
| 4121 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_ENUM *handle) |
| 4122 | { |
| 4123 | HRESULT status; |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | EX_TRY |
| 4128 | { |
| 4129 | ProcessModIter modIter; |
| 4130 | Module* modDef; |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | while ((modDef = modIter.NextModule())) |
| 4133 | { |
| 4134 | TADDR base; |
| 4135 | ULONG32 length; |
| 4136 | PEFile* file = modDef->GetFile(); |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 | if ((base = PTR_TO_TADDR(file->GetLoadedImageContents(&length)))) |
| 4139 | { |
| 4140 | if (TO_CDADDR(base) <= address && |
| 4141 | TO_CDADDR(base + length) > address) |
| 4142 | { |
| 4143 | break; |
| 4144 | } |
| 4145 | } |
| 4146 | } |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | status = EnumMethodDefinitions:: |
| 4149 | CdStart(modDef, true, address, handle); |
| 4150 | } |
| 4151 | EX_CATCH |
| 4152 | { |
| 4153 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4154 | { |
| 4155 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4156 | } |
| 4157 | } |
| 4158 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4159 | |
| 4160 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4161 | return status; |
| 4162 | } |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4165 | ClrDataAccess::EnumMethodDefinitionByAddress( |
| 4166 | /* [out][in] */ CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 4167 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataMethodDefinition **method) |
| 4168 | { |
| 4169 | HRESULT status; |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 | EX_TRY |
| 4174 | { |
| 4175 | status = EnumMethodDefinitions::CdNext(this, handle, method); |
| 4176 | } |
| 4177 | EX_CATCH |
| 4178 | { |
| 4179 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4180 | { |
| 4181 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4182 | } |
| 4183 | } |
| 4184 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4187 | return status; |
| 4188 | } |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4191 | ClrDataAccess::EndEnumMethodDefinitionsByAddress( |
| 4192 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ENUM handle) |
| 4193 | { |
| 4194 | HRESULT status; |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4197 | |
| 4198 | EX_TRY |
| 4199 | { |
| 4200 | status = EnumMethodDefinitions::CdEnd(handle); |
| 4201 | } |
| 4202 | EX_CATCH |
| 4203 | { |
| 4204 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4205 | { |
| 4206 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4207 | } |
| 4208 | } |
| 4209 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4212 | return status; |
| 4213 | } |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4216 | ClrDataAccess::StartEnumMethodInstancesByAddress( |
| 4217 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS address, |
| 4218 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataAppDomain* appDomain, |
| 4219 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_ENUM *handle) |
| 4220 | { |
| 4221 | HRESULT status; |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 | EX_TRY |
| 4226 | { |
| 4227 | MethodDesc* methodDesc; |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | *handle = 0; |
| 4230 | status = S_FALSE; |
| 4231 | TADDR taddr; |
| 4232 | if( (status = TRY_CLRDATA_ADDRESS_TO_TADDR(address, &taddr)) != S_OK ) |
| 4233 | { |
| 4234 | goto Exit; |
| 4235 | } |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 | if (IsPossibleCodeAddress(taddr) != S_OK) |
| 4238 | { |
| 4239 | goto Exit; |
| 4240 | } |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 | methodDesc = ExecutionManager::GetCodeMethodDesc(taddr); |
| 4243 | if (!methodDesc) |
| 4244 | { |
| 4245 | goto Exit; |
| 4246 | } |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | status = EnumMethodInstances::CdStart(methodDesc, appDomain, |
| 4249 | handle); |
| 4250 | |
| 4251 | Exit: ; |
| 4252 | } |
| 4253 | EX_CATCH |
| 4254 | { |
| 4255 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4256 | { |
| 4257 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4258 | } |
| 4259 | } |
| 4260 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4261 | |
| 4262 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4263 | return status; |
| 4264 | } |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4267 | ClrDataAccess::EnumMethodInstanceByAddress( |
| 4268 | /* [out][in] */ CLRDATA_ENUM* handle, |
| 4269 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataMethodInstance **method) |
| 4270 | { |
| 4271 | HRESULT status; |
| 4272 | |
| 4273 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4274 | |
| 4275 | EX_TRY |
| 4276 | { |
| 4277 | status = EnumMethodInstances::CdNext(this, handle, method); |
| 4278 | } |
| 4279 | EX_CATCH |
| 4280 | { |
| 4281 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4282 | { |
| 4283 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4284 | } |
| 4285 | } |
| 4286 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4289 | return status; |
| 4290 | } |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4293 | ClrDataAccess::EndEnumMethodInstancesByAddress( |
| 4294 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ENUM handle) |
| 4295 | { |
| 4296 | HRESULT status; |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | EX_TRY |
| 4301 | { |
| 4302 | status = EnumMethodInstances::CdEnd(handle); |
| 4303 | } |
| 4304 | EX_CATCH |
| 4305 | { |
| 4306 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4307 | { |
| 4308 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4309 | } |
| 4310 | } |
| 4311 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4314 | return status; |
| 4315 | } |
| 4316 | |
| 4317 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4318 | ClrDataAccess::GetDataByAddress( |
| 4319 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS address, |
| 4320 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 flags, |
| 4321 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataAppDomain* appDomain, |
| 4322 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataTask* tlsTask, |
| 4323 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 bufLen, |
| 4324 | /* [out] */ ULONG32 *nameLen, |
| 4325 | /* [size_is][out] */ __out_ecount_part_opt(bufLen, *nameLen) WCHAR nameBuf[ ], |
| 4326 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataValue **value, |
| 4327 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS *displacement) |
| 4328 | { |
| 4329 | HRESULT status; |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 | if (flags != 0) |
| 4332 | { |
| 4333 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 4334 | } |
| 4335 | |
| 4336 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | EX_TRY |
| 4339 | { |
| 4340 | // XXX Microsoft. |
| 4341 | status = E_NOTIMPL; |
| 4342 | } |
| 4343 | EX_CATCH |
| 4344 | { |
| 4345 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4346 | { |
| 4347 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4348 | } |
| 4349 | } |
| 4350 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4353 | return status; |
| 4354 | } |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4357 | ClrDataAccess::GetExceptionStateByExceptionRecord( |
| 4358 | /* [in] */ EXCEPTION_RECORD64 *record, |
| 4359 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataExceptionState **exception) |
| 4360 | { |
| 4361 | HRESULT status; |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 | EX_TRY |
| 4366 | { |
| 4367 | // XXX Microsoft. |
| 4368 | status = E_NOTIMPL; |
| 4369 | } |
| 4370 | EX_CATCH |
| 4371 | { |
| 4372 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4373 | { |
| 4374 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4375 | } |
| 4376 | } |
| 4377 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4380 | return status; |
| 4381 | } |
| 4382 | |
| 4383 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4384 | ClrDataAccess::TranslateExceptionRecordToNotification( |
| 4385 | /* [in] */ EXCEPTION_RECORD64 *record, |
| 4386 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataExceptionNotification *notify) |
| 4387 | { |
| 4388 | HRESULT status = E_FAIL; |
| 4389 | ClrDataModule* pubModule = NULL; |
| 4390 | ClrDataMethodInstance* pubMethodInst = NULL; |
| 4391 | ClrDataExceptionState* pubExState = NULL; |
| 4392 | GcEvtArgs pubGcEvtArgs; |
| 4393 | ULONG32 notifyType = 0; |
| 4394 | DWORD catcherNativeOffset = 0; |
| 4395 | TADDR nativeCodeLocation = NULL; |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | EX_TRY |
| 4400 | { |
| 4401 | // |
| 4402 | // We cannot hold the dac lock while calling |
| 4403 | // out as the external code can do arbitrary things. |
| 4404 | // Instead we make a pass over the exception |
| 4405 | // information and create all necessary objects. |
| 4406 | // We then leave the lock and make the callbac. |
| 4407 | // |
| 4408 | |
| 4409 | TADDR exInfo[EXCEPTION_MAXIMUM_PARAMETERS]; |
| 4410 | for (UINT i = 0; i < EXCEPTION_MAXIMUM_PARAMETERS; i++) |
| 4411 | { |
| 4412 | exInfo[i] = TO_TADDR(record->ExceptionInformation[i]); |
| 4413 | } |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | notifyType = DACNotify::GetType(exInfo); |
| 4416 | switch(notifyType) |
| 4417 | { |
| 4418 | case DACNotify::MODULE_LOAD_NOTIFICATION: |
| 4419 | { |
| 4420 | TADDR modulePtr; |
| 4421 | |
| 4422 | if (DACNotify::ParseModuleLoadNotification(exInfo, modulePtr)) |
| 4423 | { |
| 4424 | Module* clrModule = PTR_Module(modulePtr); |
| 4425 | pubModule = new (nothrow) ClrDataModule(this, clrModule); |
| 4426 | if (pubModule == NULL) |
| 4427 | { |
| 4428 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 4429 | } |
| 4430 | else |
| 4431 | { |
| 4432 | status = S_OK; |
| 4433 | } |
| 4434 | } |
| 4435 | break; |
| 4436 | } |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | case DACNotify::MODULE_UNLOAD_NOTIFICATION: |
| 4439 | { |
| 4440 | TADDR modulePtr; |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 | if (DACNotify::ParseModuleUnloadNotification(exInfo, modulePtr)) |
| 4443 | { |
| 4444 | Module* clrModule = PTR_Module(modulePtr); |
| 4445 | pubModule = new (nothrow) ClrDataModule(this, clrModule); |
| 4446 | if (pubModule == NULL) |
| 4447 | { |
| 4448 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 4449 | } |
| 4450 | else |
| 4451 | { |
| 4452 | status = S_OK; |
| 4453 | } |
| 4454 | } |
| 4455 | break; |
| 4456 | } |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 | case DACNotify::JIT_NOTIFICATION2: |
| 4459 | { |
| 4460 | TADDR methodDescPtr; |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | if(DACNotify::ParseJITNotification(exInfo, methodDescPtr, nativeCodeLocation)) |
| 4463 | { |
| 4464 | // Try and find the right appdomain |
| 4465 | MethodDesc* methodDesc = PTR_MethodDesc(methodDescPtr); |
| 4466 | BaseDomain* baseDomain = methodDesc->GetDomain(); |
| 4467 | AppDomain* appDomain = NULL; |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | if (baseDomain->IsAppDomain()) |
| 4470 | { |
| 4471 | appDomain = PTR_AppDomain(PTR_HOST_TO_TADDR(baseDomain)); |
| 4472 | } |
| 4473 | else |
| 4474 | { |
| 4475 | // Find a likely domain, because it's the shared domain. |
| 4476 | AppDomainIterator adi(FALSE); |
| 4477 | appDomain = adi.GetDomain(); |
| 4478 | } |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 | pubMethodInst = |
| 4481 | new (nothrow) ClrDataMethodInstance(this, |
| 4482 | appDomain, |
| 4483 | methodDesc); |
| 4484 | if (pubMethodInst == NULL) |
| 4485 | { |
| 4486 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 4487 | } |
| 4488 | else |
| 4489 | { |
| 4490 | status = S_OK; |
| 4491 | } |
| 4492 | } |
| 4493 | break; |
| 4494 | } |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 | case DACNotify::EXCEPTION_NOTIFICATION: |
| 4497 | { |
| 4498 | TADDR threadPtr; |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 | if (DACNotify::ParseExceptionNotification(exInfo, threadPtr)) |
| 4501 | { |
| 4502 | // Translation can only occur at the time of |
| 4503 | // receipt of the notify exception, so we assume |
| 4504 | // that the Thread's current exception state |
| 4505 | // is the state we want. |
| 4506 | status = ClrDataExceptionState:: |
| 4507 | NewFromThread(this, |
| 4508 | PTR_Thread(threadPtr), |
| 4509 | &pubExState, |
| 4510 | NULL); |
| 4511 | } |
| 4512 | break; |
| 4513 | } |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | case DACNotify::GC_NOTIFICATION: |
| 4516 | { |
| 4517 | if (DACNotify::ParseGCNotification(exInfo, pubGcEvtArgs)) |
| 4518 | { |
| 4519 | status = S_OK; |
| 4520 | } |
| 4521 | break; |
| 4522 | } |
| 4523 | |
| 4524 | case DACNotify::CATCH_ENTER_NOTIFICATION: |
| 4525 | { |
| 4526 | TADDR methodDescPtr; |
| 4527 | if (DACNotify::ParseExceptionCatcherEnterNotification(exInfo, methodDescPtr, catcherNativeOffset)) |
| 4528 | { |
| 4529 | // Try and find the right appdomain |
| 4530 | MethodDesc* methodDesc = PTR_MethodDesc(methodDescPtr); |
| 4531 | BaseDomain* baseDomain = methodDesc->GetDomain(); |
| 4532 | AppDomain* appDomain = NULL; |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | if (baseDomain->IsAppDomain()) |
| 4535 | { |
| 4536 | appDomain = PTR_AppDomain(PTR_HOST_TO_TADDR(baseDomain)); |
| 4537 | } |
| 4538 | else |
| 4539 | { |
| 4540 | // Find a likely domain, because it's the shared domain. |
| 4541 | AppDomainIterator adi(FALSE); |
| 4542 | appDomain = adi.GetDomain(); |
| 4543 | } |
| 4544 | |
| 4545 | pubMethodInst = |
| 4546 | new (nothrow) ClrDataMethodInstance(this, |
| 4547 | appDomain, |
| 4548 | methodDesc); |
| 4549 | if (pubMethodInst == NULL) |
| 4550 | { |
| 4551 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 4552 | } |
| 4553 | else |
| 4554 | { |
| 4555 | status = S_OK; |
| 4556 | } |
| 4557 | } |
| 4558 | break; |
| 4559 | } |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 | default: |
| 4562 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 4563 | break; |
| 4564 | } |
| 4565 | } |
| 4566 | EX_CATCH |
| 4567 | { |
| 4568 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4569 | { |
| 4570 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4571 | } |
| 4572 | } |
| 4573 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 | if (status == S_OK) |
| 4578 | { |
| 4579 | IXCLRDataExceptionNotification2* notify2; |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 | if (notify->QueryInterface(__uuidof(IXCLRDataExceptionNotification2), |
| 4582 | (void**)¬ify2) != S_OK) |
| 4583 | { |
| 4584 | notify2 = NULL; |
| 4585 | } |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | IXCLRDataExceptionNotification3* notify3; |
| 4588 | if (notify->QueryInterface(__uuidof(IXCLRDataExceptionNotification3), |
| 4589 | (void**)¬ify3) != S_OK) |
| 4590 | { |
| 4591 | notify3 = NULL; |
| 4592 | } |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | IXCLRDataExceptionNotification4* notify4; |
| 4595 | if (notify->QueryInterface(__uuidof(IXCLRDataExceptionNotification4), |
| 4596 | (void**)¬ify4) != S_OK) |
| 4597 | { |
| 4598 | notify4 = NULL; |
| 4599 | } |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | IXCLRDataExceptionNotification5* notify5; |
| 4602 | if (notify->QueryInterface(__uuidof(IXCLRDataExceptionNotification5), |
| 4603 | (void**)¬ify5) != S_OK) |
| 4604 | { |
| 4605 | notify5 = NULL; |
| 4606 | } |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 | switch(notifyType) |
| 4609 | { |
| 4610 | case DACNotify::MODULE_LOAD_NOTIFICATION: |
| 4611 | notify->OnModuleLoaded(pubModule); |
| 4612 | break; |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 | case DACNotify::MODULE_UNLOAD_NOTIFICATION: |
| 4615 | notify->OnModuleUnloaded(pubModule); |
| 4616 | break; |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | case DACNotify::JIT_NOTIFICATION2: |
| 4619 | notify->OnCodeGenerated(pubMethodInst); |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 | if (notify5) |
| 4622 | { |
| 4623 | notify5->OnCodeGenerated2(pubMethodInst, TO_CDADDR(nativeCodeLocation)); |
| 4624 | } |
| 4625 | break; |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 | case DACNotify::EXCEPTION_NOTIFICATION: |
| 4628 | if (notify2) |
| 4629 | { |
| 4630 | notify2->OnException(pubExState); |
| 4631 | } |
| 4632 | else |
| 4633 | { |
| 4634 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 4635 | } |
| 4636 | break; |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | case DACNotify::GC_NOTIFICATION: |
| 4639 | if (notify3) |
| 4640 | { |
| 4641 | notify3->OnGcEvent(pubGcEvtArgs); |
| 4642 | } |
| 4643 | break; |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | case DACNotify::CATCH_ENTER_NOTIFICATION: |
| 4646 | if (notify4) |
| 4647 | { |
| 4648 | notify4->ExceptionCatcherEnter(pubMethodInst, catcherNativeOffset); |
| 4649 | } |
| 4650 | break; |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 | default: |
| 4653 | // notifyType has already been validated. |
| 4654 | _ASSERTE(FALSE); |
| 4655 | break; |
| 4656 | } |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 | if (notify2) |
| 4659 | { |
| 4660 | notify2->Release(); |
| 4661 | } |
| 4662 | if (notify3) |
| 4663 | { |
| 4664 | notify3->Release(); |
| 4665 | } |
| 4666 | if (notify4) |
| 4667 | { |
| 4668 | notify4->Release(); |
| 4669 | } |
| 4670 | if (notify5) |
| 4671 | { |
| 4672 | notify5->Release(); |
| 4673 | } |
| 4674 | } |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 | if (pubModule) |
| 4677 | { |
| 4678 | pubModule->Release(); |
| 4679 | } |
| 4680 | if (pubMethodInst) |
| 4681 | { |
| 4682 | pubMethodInst->Release(); |
| 4683 | } |
| 4684 | if (pubExState) |
| 4685 | { |
| 4686 | pubExState->Release(); |
| 4687 | } |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | return status; |
| 4690 | } |
| 4691 | |
| 4692 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4693 | ClrDataAccess::CreateMemoryValue( |
| 4694 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataAppDomain* appDomain, |
| 4695 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataTask* tlsTask, |
| 4696 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataTypeInstance* type, |
| 4697 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS addr, |
| 4698 | /* [out] */ IXCLRDataValue** value) |
| 4699 | { |
| 4700 | HRESULT status; |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 | EX_TRY |
| 4705 | { |
| 4706 | AppDomain* dacDomain; |
| 4707 | Thread* dacThread; |
| 4708 | TypeHandle dacType; |
| 4709 | ULONG32 flags; |
| 4710 | NativeVarLocation loc; |
| 4711 | |
| 4712 | dacDomain = ((ClrDataAppDomain*)appDomain)->GetAppDomain(); |
| 4713 | if (tlsTask) |
| 4714 | { |
| 4715 | dacThread = ((ClrDataTask*)tlsTask)->GetThread(); |
| 4716 | } |
| 4717 | else |
| 4718 | { |
| 4719 | dacThread = NULL; |
| 4720 | } |
| 4721 | dacType = ((ClrDataTypeInstance*)type)->GetTypeHandle(); |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 | flags = GetTypeFieldValueFlags(dacType, NULL, 0, false); |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 | loc.addr = addr; |
| 4726 | loc.size = dacType.GetSize(); |
| 4727 | loc.contextReg = false; |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | *value = new (nothrow) |
| 4730 | ClrDataValue(this, dacDomain, dacThread, flags, |
| 4731 | dacType, addr, 1, &loc); |
| 4732 | status = *value ? S_OK : E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 4733 | } |
| 4734 | EX_CATCH |
| 4735 | { |
| 4736 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4737 | { |
| 4738 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4739 | } |
| 4740 | } |
| 4741 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4744 | return status; |
| 4745 | } |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4748 | ClrDataAccess::SetAllTypeNotifications( |
| 4749 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataModule* mod, |
| 4750 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 flags) |
| 4751 | { |
| 4752 | HRESULT status; |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | EX_TRY |
| 4757 | { |
| 4758 | // XXX Microsoft. |
| 4759 | status = E_NOTIMPL; |
| 4760 | } |
| 4761 | EX_CATCH |
| 4762 | { |
| 4763 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4764 | { |
| 4765 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4766 | } |
| 4767 | } |
| 4768 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4771 | return status; |
| 4772 | } |
| 4773 | |
| 4774 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4775 | ClrDataAccess::SetAllCodeNotifications( |
| 4776 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataModule* mod, |
| 4777 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 flags) |
| 4778 | { |
| 4779 | HRESULT status; |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | EX_TRY |
| 4784 | { |
| 4785 | status = E_FAIL; |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 | if (!IsValidMethodCodeNotification(flags)) |
| 4788 | { |
| 4789 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 4790 | } |
| 4791 | else |
| 4792 | { |
| 4793 | JITNotifications jn(GetHostJitNotificationTable()); |
| 4794 | if (!jn.IsActive()) |
| 4795 | { |
| 4796 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 4797 | } |
| 4798 | else |
| 4799 | { |
| 4800 | BOOL changedTable; |
| 4801 | TADDR modulePtr = mod ? |
| 4802 | PTR_HOST_TO_TADDR(((ClrDataModule*)mod)->GetModule()) : |
| 4803 | NULL; |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 | if (jn.SetAllNotifications(modulePtr, flags, &changedTable)) |
| 4806 | { |
| 4807 | if (!changedTable || |
| 4808 | (changedTable && jn.UpdateOutOfProcTable())) |
| 4809 | { |
| 4810 | status = S_OK; |
| 4811 | } |
| 4812 | } |
| 4813 | } |
| 4814 | } |
| 4815 | } |
| 4816 | EX_CATCH |
| 4817 | { |
| 4818 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4819 | { |
| 4820 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4821 | } |
| 4822 | } |
| 4823 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4826 | return status; |
| 4827 | } |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4830 | ClrDataAccess::GetTypeNotifications( |
| 4831 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 numTokens, |
| 4832 | /* [in, size_is(numTokens)] */ IXCLRDataModule* mods[], |
| 4833 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataModule* singleMod, |
| 4834 | /* [in, size_is(numTokens)] */ mdTypeDef tokens[], |
| 4835 | /* [out, size_is(numTokens)] */ ULONG32 flags[]) |
| 4836 | { |
| 4837 | HRESULT status; |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 | EX_TRY |
| 4842 | { |
| 4843 | // XXX Microsoft. |
| 4844 | status = E_NOTIMPL; |
| 4845 | } |
| 4846 | EX_CATCH |
| 4847 | { |
| 4848 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4849 | { |
| 4850 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4851 | } |
| 4852 | } |
| 4853 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4856 | return status; |
| 4857 | } |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4860 | ClrDataAccess::SetTypeNotifications( |
| 4861 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 numTokens, |
| 4862 | /* [in, size_is(numTokens)] */ IXCLRDataModule* mods[], |
| 4863 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataModule* singleMod, |
| 4864 | /* [in, size_is(numTokens)] */ mdTypeDef tokens[], |
| 4865 | /* [in, size_is(numTokens)] */ ULONG32 flags[], |
| 4866 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 singleFlags) |
| 4867 | { |
| 4868 | HRESULT status; |
| 4869 | |
| 4870 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 | EX_TRY |
| 4873 | { |
| 4874 | // XXX Microsoft. |
| 4875 | status = E_NOTIMPL; |
| 4876 | } |
| 4877 | EX_CATCH |
| 4878 | { |
| 4879 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4880 | { |
| 4881 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4882 | } |
| 4883 | } |
| 4884 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4887 | return status; |
| 4888 | } |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4891 | ClrDataAccess::GetCodeNotifications( |
| 4892 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 numTokens, |
| 4893 | /* [in, size_is(numTokens)] */ IXCLRDataModule* mods[], |
| 4894 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataModule* singleMod, |
| 4895 | /* [in, size_is(numTokens)] */ mdMethodDef tokens[], |
| 4896 | /* [out, size_is(numTokens)] */ ULONG32 flags[]) |
| 4897 | { |
| 4898 | HRESULT status; |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | EX_TRY |
| 4903 | { |
| 4904 | if ((flags == NULL || tokens == NULL) || |
| 4905 | (mods == NULL && singleMod == NULL) || |
| 4906 | (mods != NULL && singleMod != NULL)) |
| 4907 | { |
| 4908 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 4909 | } |
| 4910 | else |
| 4911 | { |
| 4912 | JITNotifications jn(GetHostJitNotificationTable()); |
| 4913 | if (!jn.IsActive()) |
| 4914 | { |
| 4915 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 4916 | } |
| 4917 | else |
| 4918 | { |
| 4919 | TADDR modulePtr = NULL; |
| 4920 | if (singleMod) |
| 4921 | { |
| 4922 | modulePtr = PTR_HOST_TO_TADDR(((ClrDataModule*)singleMod)-> |
| 4923 | GetModule()); |
| 4924 | } |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | for (ULONG32 i = 0; i < numTokens; i++) |
| 4927 | { |
| 4928 | if (singleMod == NULL) |
| 4929 | { |
| 4930 | modulePtr = |
| 4931 | PTR_HOST_TO_TADDR(((ClrDataModule*)mods[i])-> |
| 4932 | GetModule()); |
| 4933 | } |
| 4934 | USHORT jt = jn.Requested(modulePtr, tokens[i]); |
| 4935 | flags[i] = jt; |
| 4936 | } |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | status = S_OK; |
| 4939 | } |
| 4940 | } |
| 4941 | } |
| 4942 | EX_CATCH |
| 4943 | { |
| 4944 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 4945 | { |
| 4946 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 4947 | } |
| 4948 | } |
| 4949 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 4950 | |
| 4951 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 4952 | return status; |
| 4953 | } |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 4956 | ClrDataAccess::SetCodeNotifications( |
| 4957 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 numTokens, |
| 4958 | /* [in, size_is(numTokens)] */ IXCLRDataModule* mods[], |
| 4959 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataModule* singleMod, |
| 4960 | /* [in, size_is(numTokens)] */ mdMethodDef tokens[], |
| 4961 | /* [in, size_is(numTokens)] */ ULONG32 flags[], |
| 4962 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 singleFlags) |
| 4963 | { |
| 4964 | HRESULT status = E_UNEXPECTED; |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 4967 | |
| 4968 | EX_TRY |
| 4969 | { |
| 4970 | if ((tokens == NULL) || |
| 4971 | (mods == NULL && singleMod == NULL) || |
| 4972 | (mods != NULL && singleMod != NULL)) |
| 4973 | { |
| 4974 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 4975 | } |
| 4976 | else |
| 4977 | { |
| 4978 | JITNotifications jn(GetHostJitNotificationTable()); |
| 4979 | if (!jn.IsActive() || numTokens > jn.GetTableSize()) |
| 4980 | { |
| 4981 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 4982 | } |
| 4983 | else |
| 4984 | { |
| 4985 | BOOL changedTable = FALSE; |
| 4986 | |
| 4987 | // Are flags valid? |
| 4988 | if (flags) |
| 4989 | { |
| 4990 | for (ULONG32 check = 0; check < numTokens; check++) |
| 4991 | { |
| 4992 | if (!IsValidMethodCodeNotification(flags[check])) |
| 4993 | { |
| 4994 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 4995 | goto Exit; |
| 4996 | } |
| 4997 | } |
| 4998 | } |
| 4999 | else if (!IsValidMethodCodeNotification(singleFlags)) |
| 5000 | { |
| 5001 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5002 | goto Exit; |
| 5003 | } |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | TADDR modulePtr = NULL; |
| 5006 | if (singleMod) |
| 5007 | { |
| 5008 | modulePtr = |
| 5009 | PTR_HOST_TO_TADDR(((ClrDataModule*)singleMod)-> |
| 5010 | GetModule()); |
| 5011 | } |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 | for (ULONG32 i = 0; i < numTokens; i++) |
| 5014 | { |
| 5015 | if (singleMod == NULL) |
| 5016 | { |
| 5017 | modulePtr = |
| 5018 | PTR_HOST_TO_TADDR(((ClrDataModule*)mods[i])-> |
| 5019 | GetModule()); |
| 5020 | } |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 | USHORT curFlags = jn.Requested(modulePtr, tokens[i]); |
| 5023 | USHORT setFlags = (USHORT)(flags ? flags[i] : singleFlags); |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 | if (curFlags != setFlags) |
| 5026 | { |
| 5027 | if (!jn.SetNotification(modulePtr, tokens[i], |
| 5028 | setFlags)) |
| 5029 | { |
| 5030 | status = E_FAIL; |
| 5031 | goto Exit; |
| 5032 | } |
| 5033 | |
| 5034 | changedTable = TRUE; |
| 5035 | } |
| 5036 | } |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 | if (!changedTable || |
| 5039 | (changedTable && jn.UpdateOutOfProcTable())) |
| 5040 | { |
| 5041 | status = S_OK; |
| 5042 | } |
| 5043 | } |
| 5044 | } |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 | Exit: ; |
| 5047 | } |
| 5048 | EX_CATCH |
| 5049 | { |
| 5050 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 5051 | { |
| 5052 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 5053 | } |
| 5054 | } |
| 5055 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 5058 | return status; |
| 5059 | } |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | HRESULT |
| 5062 | ClrDataAccess::GetOtherNotificationFlags( |
| 5063 | /* [out] */ ULONG32* flags) |
| 5064 | { |
| 5065 | HRESULT status; |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 | EX_TRY |
| 5070 | { |
| 5071 | *flags = g_dacNotificationFlags; |
| 5072 | status = S_OK; |
| 5073 | } |
| 5074 | EX_CATCH |
| 5075 | { |
| 5076 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 5077 | { |
| 5078 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 5079 | } |
| 5080 | } |
| 5081 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 5082 | |
| 5083 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 5084 | return status; |
| 5085 | } |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | HRESULT |
| 5088 | ClrDataAccess::SetOtherNotificationFlags( |
| 5089 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 flags) |
| 5090 | { |
| 5091 | HRESULT status; |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | if ((flags & ~(CLRDATA_NOTIFY_ON_MODULE_LOAD | |
| 5094 | CLRDATA_NOTIFY_ON_MODULE_UNLOAD | |
| 5095 | CLRDATA_NOTIFY_ON_EXCEPTION | |
| 5096 | CLRDATA_NOTIFY_ON_EXCEPTION_CATCH_ENTER)) != 0) |
| 5097 | { |
| 5098 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5099 | } |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | EX_TRY |
| 5104 | { |
| 5105 | g_dacNotificationFlags = flags; |
| 5106 | status = S_OK; |
| 5107 | } |
| 5108 | EX_CATCH |
| 5109 | { |
| 5110 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 5111 | { |
| 5112 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 5113 | } |
| 5114 | } |
| 5115 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 5118 | return status; |
| 5119 | } |
| 5120 | |
| 5121 | enum |
| 5122 | { |
| 5123 | STUB_BUF_FLAGS_START, |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 | STUB_BUF_METHOD_JITTED, |
| 5126 | STUB_BUF_FRAME_PUSHED, |
| 5127 | STUB_BUF_STUB_MANAGER_PUSHED, |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 | STUB_BUF_FLAGS_END, |
| 5130 | }; |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 | union STUB_BUF |
| 5133 | { |
| 5134 | CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_BUFFER apiBuf; |
| 5135 | struct |
| 5136 | { |
| 5137 | ULONG64 flags; |
| 5138 | ULONG64 addr; |
| 5139 | ULONG64 arg1; |
| 5140 | } u; |
| 5141 | }; |
| 5142 | |
| 5143 | HRESULT |
| 5144 | ClrDataAccess::FollowStubStep( |
| 5145 | /* [in] */ Thread* thread, |
| 5146 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 inFlags, |
| 5147 | /* [in] */ TADDR inAddr, |
| 5148 | /* [in] */ union STUB_BUF* inBuffer, |
| 5149 | /* [out] */ TADDR* outAddr, |
| 5150 | /* [out] */ union STUB_BUF* outBuffer, |
| 5151 | /* [out] */ ULONG32* outFlags) |
| 5152 | { |
| 5153 | TraceDestination trace; |
| 5154 | bool traceDone = false; |
| 5155 | BYTE* retAddr; |
| 5156 | T_CONTEXT localContext; |
| 5157 | REGDISPLAY regDisp; |
| 5158 | MethodDesc* methodDesc; |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | ZeroMemory(outBuffer, sizeof(*outBuffer)); |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 | if (inBuffer) |
| 5163 | { |
| 5164 | switch(inBuffer->u.flags) |
| 5165 | { |
| 5166 | case STUB_BUF_METHOD_JITTED: |
| 5167 | if (inAddr != GFN_TADDR(DACNotifyCompilationFinished)) |
| 5168 | { |
| 5169 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5170 | } |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 | // It's possible that this notification is |
| 5173 | // for a different method, so double-check |
| 5174 | // and recycle the notification if necessary. |
| 5175 | methodDesc = PTR_MethodDesc(CORDB_ADDRESS_TO_TADDR(inBuffer->u.addr)); |
| 5176 | if (methodDesc->HasNativeCode()) |
| 5177 | { |
| 5178 | *outAddr = methodDesc->GetNativeCode(); |
| 5179 | *outFlags = CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_EXIT; |
| 5180 | return S_OK; |
| 5181 | } |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | // We didn't end up with native code so try again. |
| 5184 | trace.InitForUnjittedMethod(methodDesc); |
| 5185 | traceDone = true; |
| 5186 | break; |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | case STUB_BUF_FRAME_PUSHED: |
| 5189 | if (!thread || |
| 5190 | inAddr != inBuffer->u.addr) |
| 5191 | { |
| 5192 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5193 | } |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 | trace.InitForFramePush(CORDB_ADDRESS_TO_TADDR(inBuffer->u.addr)); |
| 5196 | DacGetThreadContext(thread, &localContext); |
| 5197 | thread->FillRegDisplay(®Disp, &localContext); |
| 5198 | if (!thread->GetFrame()-> |
| 5199 | TraceFrame(thread, |
| 5200 | TRUE, |
| 5201 | &trace, |
| 5202 | ®Disp)) |
| 5203 | { |
| 5204 | return E_FAIL; |
| 5205 | } |
| 5206 | |
| 5207 | traceDone = true; |
| 5208 | break; |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | case STUB_BUF_STUB_MANAGER_PUSHED: |
| 5211 | if (!thread || |
| 5212 | inAddr != inBuffer->u.addr || |
| 5213 | !inBuffer->u.arg1) |
| 5214 | { |
| 5215 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5216 | } |
| 5217 | |
| 5218 | trace.InitForManagerPush(CORDB_ADDRESS_TO_TADDR(inBuffer->u.addr), |
| 5219 | PTR_StubManager(CORDB_ADDRESS_TO_TADDR(inBuffer->u.arg1))); |
| 5220 | DacGetThreadContext(thread, &localContext); |
| 5221 | if (!trace.GetStubManager()-> |
| 5222 | TraceManager(thread, |
| 5223 | &trace, |
| 5224 | &localContext, |
| 5225 | &retAddr)) |
| 5226 | { |
| 5227 | return E_FAIL; |
| 5228 | } |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 | traceDone = true; |
| 5231 | break; |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | default: |
| 5234 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5235 | } |
| 5236 | } |
| 5237 | |
| 5238 | if ((!traceDone && |
| 5239 | !StubManager::TraceStub(inAddr, &trace)) || |
| 5240 | !StubManager::FollowTrace(&trace)) |
| 5241 | { |
| 5242 | return E_NOINTERFACE; |
| 5243 | } |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | switch(trace.GetTraceType()) |
| 5246 | { |
| 5247 | case TRACE_UNMANAGED: |
| 5248 | case TRACE_MANAGED: |
| 5249 | // We've hit non-stub code so we're done. |
| 5250 | *outAddr = trace.GetAddress(); |
| 5251 | *outFlags = CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_EXIT; |
| 5252 | break; |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 | case TRACE_UNJITTED_METHOD: |
| 5255 | // The stub causes jitting, so return |
| 5256 | // the address of the jit-complete routine |
| 5257 | // so that the real native address can |
| 5258 | // be picked up once the JIT is done. |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 | // One special case is ngen'ed code that |
| 5261 | // needs the prestub run. This results in |
| 5262 | // an unjitted trace but no jitting will actually |
| 5263 | // occur since the code is ngen'ed. Detect |
| 5264 | // this and redirect to the actual code. |
| 5265 | methodDesc = trace.GetMethodDesc(); |
| 5266 | if (methodDesc->IsPreImplemented() && |
| 5267 | !methodDesc->IsPointingToStableNativeCode() && |
| 5268 | !methodDesc->IsGenericMethodDefinition() && |
| 5269 | methodDesc->HasNativeCode()) |
| 5270 | { |
| 5271 | *outAddr = methodDesc->GetNativeCode(); |
| 5272 | *outFlags = CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_EXIT; |
| 5273 | break; |
| 5274 | } |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 | *outAddr = GFN_TADDR(DACNotifyCompilationFinished); |
| 5277 | outBuffer->u.flags = STUB_BUF_METHOD_JITTED; |
| 5278 | outBuffer->u.addr = PTR_HOST_TO_TADDR(methodDesc); |
| 5279 | *outFlags = CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_INTERMEDIATE; |
| 5280 | break; |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 | case TRACE_FRAME_PUSH: |
| 5283 | if (!thread) |
| 5284 | { |
| 5285 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5286 | } |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | *outAddr = trace.GetAddress(); |
| 5289 | outBuffer->u.flags = STUB_BUF_FRAME_PUSHED; |
| 5290 | outBuffer->u.addr = trace.GetAddress(); |
| 5291 | *outFlags = CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_INTERMEDIATE; |
| 5292 | break; |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 | case TRACE_MGR_PUSH: |
| 5295 | if (!thread) |
| 5296 | { |
| 5297 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5298 | } |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | *outAddr = trace.GetAddress(); |
| 5301 | outBuffer->u.flags = STUB_BUF_STUB_MANAGER_PUSHED; |
| 5302 | outBuffer->u.addr = trace.GetAddress(); |
| 5303 | outBuffer->u.arg1 = PTR_HOST_TO_TADDR(trace.GetStubManager()); |
| 5304 | *outFlags = CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_INTERMEDIATE; |
| 5305 | break; |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | default: |
| 5308 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5309 | } |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 | return S_OK; |
| 5312 | } |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 5315 | ClrDataAccess::FollowStub( |
| 5316 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 inFlags, |
| 5317 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS inAddr, |
| 5318 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_BUFFER* _inBuffer, |
| 5319 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS* outAddr, |
| 5320 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_BUFFER* _outBuffer, |
| 5321 | /* [out] */ ULONG32* outFlags) |
| 5322 | { |
| 5323 | return FollowStub2(NULL, inFlags, inAddr, _inBuffer, |
| 5324 | outAddr, _outBuffer, outFlags); |
| 5325 | } |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE |
| 5328 | ClrDataAccess::FollowStub2( |
| 5329 | /* [in] */ IXCLRDataTask* task, |
| 5330 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 inFlags, |
| 5331 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS _inAddr, |
| 5332 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_BUFFER* _inBuffer, |
| 5333 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS* _outAddr, |
| 5334 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_BUFFER* _outBuffer, |
| 5335 | /* [out] */ ULONG32* outFlags) |
| 5336 | { |
| 5337 | HRESULT status; |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 | if ((inFlags & ~(CLRDATA_FOLLOW_STUB_DEFAULT)) != 0) |
| 5340 | { |
| 5341 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5342 | } |
| 5343 | |
| 5344 | STUB_BUF* inBuffer = (STUB_BUF*)_inBuffer; |
| 5345 | STUB_BUF* outBuffer = (STUB_BUF*)_outBuffer; |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 | if (inBuffer && |
| 5348 | (inBuffer->u.flags <= STUB_BUF_FLAGS_START || |
| 5349 | inBuffer->u.flags >= STUB_BUF_FLAGS_END)) |
| 5350 | { |
| 5351 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5352 | } |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 5355 | |
| 5356 | EX_TRY |
| 5357 | { |
| 5358 | STUB_BUF cycleBuf; |
| 5359 | TADDR inAddr = TO_TADDR(_inAddr); |
| 5360 | TADDR outAddr; |
| 5361 | Thread* thread = task ? ((ClrDataTask*)task)->GetThread() : NULL; |
| 5362 | ULONG32 loops = 4; |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 | for (;;) |
| 5365 | { |
| 5366 | if ((status = FollowStubStep(thread, |
| 5367 | inFlags, |
| 5368 | inAddr, |
| 5369 | inBuffer, |
| 5370 | &outAddr, |
| 5371 | outBuffer, |
| 5372 | outFlags)) != S_OK) |
| 5373 | { |
| 5374 | break; |
| 5375 | } |
| 5376 | |
| 5377 | // Some stub tracing just requests further iterations |
| 5378 | // of processing, so detect that case and loop. |
| 5379 | if (outAddr != inAddr) |
| 5380 | { |
| 5381 | // We can make forward progress, we're done. |
| 5382 | *_outAddr = TO_CDADDR(outAddr); |
| 5383 | break; |
| 5384 | } |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 | // We need more processing. As a protection |
| 5387 | // against infinite loops in corrupted or buggy |
| 5388 | // situations, we only allow this to happen a |
| 5389 | // small number of times. |
| 5390 | if (--loops == 0) |
| 5391 | { |
| 5392 | ZeroMemory(outBuffer, sizeof(*outBuffer)); |
| 5393 | status = E_FAIL; |
| 5394 | break; |
| 5395 | } |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 | cycleBuf = *outBuffer; |
| 5398 | inBuffer = &cycleBuf; |
| 5399 | } |
| 5400 | } |
| 5401 | EX_CATCH |
| 5402 | { |
| 5403 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 5404 | { |
| 5405 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 5406 | } |
| 5407 | } |
| 5408 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 5411 | return status; |
| 5412 | } |
| 5413 | |
| 5414 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| 5415 | #pragma warning(push) |
| 5416 | #pragma warning(disable:4297) |
| 5417 | #endif // _MSC_VER |
| 5418 | STDMETHODIMP |
| 5419 | ClrDataAccess::GetGcNotification(GcEvtArgs* gcEvtArgs) |
| 5420 | { |
| 5421 | HRESULT status; |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 | EX_TRY |
| 5426 | { |
| 5427 | if (gcEvtArgs->typ >= GC_EVENT_TYPE_MAX) |
| 5428 | { |
| 5429 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5430 | } |
| 5431 | else |
| 5432 | { |
| 5433 | GcNotifications gn(GetHostGcNotificationTable()); |
| 5434 | if (!gn.IsActive()) |
| 5435 | { |
| 5436 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 5437 | } |
| 5438 | else |
| 5439 | { |
| 5440 | GcEvtArgs *res = gn.GetNotification(*gcEvtArgs); |
| 5441 | if (res != NULL) |
| 5442 | { |
| 5443 | *gcEvtArgs = *res; |
| 5444 | status = S_OK; |
| 5445 | } |
| 5446 | else |
| 5447 | { |
| 5448 | status = E_FAIL; |
| 5449 | } |
| 5450 | } |
| 5451 | } |
| 5452 | } |
| 5453 | EX_CATCH |
| 5454 | { |
| 5455 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 5456 | { |
| 5457 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 5458 | } |
| 5459 | } |
| 5460 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 5461 | |
| 5462 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 5463 | return status; |
| 5464 | } |
| 5465 | |
| 5466 | STDMETHODIMP |
| 5467 | ClrDataAccess::SetGcNotification(IN GcEvtArgs gcEvtArgs) |
| 5468 | { |
| 5469 | HRESULT status; |
| 5470 | |
| 5471 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 5472 | |
| 5473 | EX_TRY |
| 5474 | { |
| 5475 | if (gcEvtArgs.typ >= GC_EVENT_TYPE_MAX) |
| 5476 | { |
| 5477 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5478 | } |
| 5479 | else |
| 5480 | { |
| 5481 | GcNotifications gn(GetHostGcNotificationTable()); |
| 5482 | if (!gn.IsActive()) |
| 5483 | { |
| 5484 | status = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 5485 | } |
| 5486 | else |
| 5487 | { |
| 5488 | if (gn.SetNotification(gcEvtArgs) && gn.UpdateOutOfProcTable()) |
| 5489 | { |
| 5490 | status = S_OK; |
| 5491 | } |
| 5492 | else |
| 5493 | { |
| 5494 | status = E_FAIL; |
| 5495 | } |
| 5496 | } |
| 5497 | } |
| 5498 | } |
| 5499 | EX_CATCH |
| 5500 | { |
| 5501 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &status)) |
| 5502 | { |
| 5503 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 5504 | } |
| 5505 | } |
| 5506 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 5509 | return status; |
| 5510 | } |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
| 5513 | #pragma warning(pop) |
| 5514 | #endif // _MSC_VER |
| 5515 | |
| 5516 | HRESULT |
| 5517 | ClrDataAccess::Initialize(void) |
| 5518 | { |
| 5519 | HRESULT hr; |
| 5520 | CLRDATA_ADDRESS base; |
| 5521 | |
| 5522 | // |
| 5523 | // We do not currently support cross-platform |
| 5524 | // debugging. Verify that cross-platform is not |
| 5525 | // being attempted. |
| 5526 | // |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | // Determine our platform based on the pre-processor macros set when we were built |
| 5529 | |
| 5530 | #ifdef FEATURE_PAL |
| 5531 | #if defined(DBG_TARGET_X86) |
| 5532 | CorDebugPlatform hostPlatform = CORDB_PLATFORM_POSIX_X86; |
| 5533 | #elif defined(DBG_TARGET_AMD64) |
| 5534 | CorDebugPlatform hostPlatform = CORDB_PLATFORM_POSIX_AMD64; |
| 5535 | #elif defined(DBG_TARGET_ARM) |
| 5536 | CorDebugPlatform hostPlatform = CORDB_PLATFORM_POSIX_ARM; |
| 5537 | #elif defined(DBG_TARGET_ARM64) |
| 5538 | CorDebugPlatform hostPlatform = CORDB_PLATFORM_POSIX_ARM64; |
| 5539 | #else |
| 5540 | #error Unknown Processor. |
| 5541 | #endif |
| 5542 | #else |
| 5543 | #if defined(DBG_TARGET_X86) |
| 5544 | CorDebugPlatform hostPlatform = CORDB_PLATFORM_WINDOWS_X86; |
| 5545 | #elif defined(DBG_TARGET_AMD64) |
| 5546 | CorDebugPlatform hostPlatform = CORDB_PLATFORM_WINDOWS_AMD64; |
| 5547 | #elif defined(DBG_TARGET_ARM) |
| 5548 | CorDebugPlatform hostPlatform = CORDB_PLATFORM_WINDOWS_ARM; |
| 5549 | #elif defined(DBG_TARGET_ARM64) |
| 5550 | CorDebugPlatform hostPlatform = CORDB_PLATFORM_WINDOWS_ARM64; |
| 5551 | #else |
| 5552 | #error Unknown Processor. |
| 5553 | #endif |
| 5554 | #endif |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 | CorDebugPlatform targetPlatform; |
| 5557 | IfFailRet(m_pTarget->GetPlatform(&targetPlatform)); |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 | if (targetPlatform != hostPlatform) |
| 5560 | { |
| 5561 | // DAC fatal error: Platform mismatch - the platform reported by the data target |
| 5562 | // is not what this version of mscordacwks.dll was built for. |
| 5563 | return CORDBG_E_UNCOMPATIBLE_PLATFORMS; |
| 5564 | } |
| 5565 | |
| 5566 | // |
| 5567 | // Get the current DLL base for mscorwks globals. |
| 5568 | // In case of multiple-CLRs, there may be multiple dlls named "mscorwks". |
| 5569 | // code:OpenVirtualProcess can take the base address (clrInstanceId) to select exactly |
| 5570 | // which CLR to is being target. If so, m_globalBase will already be set. |
| 5571 | // |
| 5572 | |
| 5573 | if (m_globalBase == 0) |
| 5574 | { |
| 5575 | // Caller didn't specify which CLR to debug. This supports Whidbey SOS cases, so we should |
| 5576 | // be using a legacy data target. |
| 5577 | if (m_pLegacyTarget == NULL) |
| 5578 | { |
| 5579 | DacError(E_INVALIDARG); |
| 5580 | UNREACHABLE(); |
| 5581 | } |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 | // Since this is Whidbey, assume there's only 1 CLR named "mscorwks.dll" and pick that. |
| 5584 | IfFailRet(m_pLegacyTarget->GetImageBase(MAIN_CLR_DLL_NAME_W, &base)); |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | m_globalBase = TO_TADDR(base); |
| 5587 | } |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 | // We don't need to try too hard to prevent |
| 5590 | // multiple initializations as each one will |
| 5591 | // copy the same data into the globals and so |
| 5592 | // cannot interfere with each other. |
| 5593 | if (!s_procInit) |
| 5594 | { |
| 5595 | IfFailRet(GetDacGlobals()); |
| 5596 | IfFailRet(DacGetHostVtPtrs()); |
| 5597 | s_procInit = true; |
| 5598 | } |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 | // |
| 5601 | // DAC is now setup and ready to use |
| 5602 | // |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 | // Do some validation |
| 5605 | IfFailRet(VerifyDlls()); |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 | // To support EH SxS, utilcode requires the base address of the runtime |
| 5608 | // as part of its initialization so that functions like "WasThrownByUs" work correctly since |
| 5609 | // they use the CLR base address to check if an exception was raised by a given instance of the runtime |
| 5610 | // or not. |
| 5611 | // |
| 5612 | // Thus, when DAC is initialized, initialize utilcode with the base address of the runtime loaded in the |
| 5613 | // target process. This is similar to work done in CorDB::SetTargetCLR for mscordbi. |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | // Initialize UtilCode for SxS scenarios |
| 5616 | CoreClrCallbacks cccallbacks; |
| 5617 | cccallbacks.m_hmodCoreCLR = (HINSTANCE)m_globalBase; // Base address of the runtime in the target process |
| 5618 | cccallbacks.m_pfnIEE = NULL; |
| 5619 | cccallbacks.m_pfnGetCORSystemDirectory = NULL; |
| 5620 | cccallbacks.m_pfnGetCLRFunction = NULL; |
| 5621 | InitUtilcode(cccallbacks); |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 | return S_OK; |
| 5624 | } |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 | Thread* |
| 5627 | ClrDataAccess::FindClrThreadByTaskId(ULONG64 taskId) |
| 5628 | { |
| 5629 | Thread* thread = NULL; |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 | if (!ThreadStore::s_pThreadStore) |
| 5632 | { |
| 5633 | return NULL; |
| 5634 | } |
| 5635 | |
| 5636 | while ((thread = ThreadStore::GetAllThreadList(thread, 0, 0))) |
| 5637 | { |
| 5638 | if (thread->GetThreadId() == (DWORD)taskId) |
| 5639 | { |
| 5640 | return thread; |
| 5641 | } |
| 5642 | } |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 | return NULL; |
| 5645 | } |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 | HRESULT |
| 5648 | ClrDataAccess::IsPossibleCodeAddress(IN TADDR address) |
| 5649 | { |
| 5650 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 5651 | BYTE testRead; |
| 5652 | ULONG32 testDone; |
| 5653 | |
| 5654 | // First do a trivial check on the readability of the |
| 5655 | // address. This makes for quick rejection of bogus |
| 5656 | // addresses that the debugger sends in when searching |
| 5657 | // stacks for return addresses. |
| 5658 | // XXX Microsoft - Will this cause problems in minidumps |
| 5659 | // where it's possible the stub is identifiable but |
| 5660 | // the stub code isn't present? Yes, but the lack |
| 5661 | // of that code could confuse the walker on its own |
| 5662 | // if it does code analysis. |
| 5663 | if ((m_pTarget->ReadVirtual(address, &testRead, sizeof(testRead), |
| 5664 | &testDone) != S_OK) || |
| 5665 | !testDone) |
| 5666 | { |
| 5667 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5668 | } |
| 5669 | |
| 5670 | return S_OK; |
| 5671 | } |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 | HRESULT |
| 5674 | ClrDataAccess::GetFullMethodName( |
| 5675 | IN MethodDesc* methodDesc, |
| 5676 | IN ULONG32 symbolChars, |
| 5677 | OUT ULONG32* symbolLen, |
| 5678 | __out_ecount_part_opt(symbolChars, *symbolLen) LPWSTR symbol |
| 5679 | ) |
| 5680 | { |
| 5681 | StackSString s; |
| 5682 | #ifdef FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 5683 | PAL_CPP_TRY |
| 5684 | { |
| 5685 | #endif // FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | TypeString::AppendMethodInternal(s, methodDesc, TypeString::FormatSignature|TypeString::FormatNamespace|TypeString::FormatFullInst); |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 | #ifdef FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 5690 | } |
| 5691 | PAL_CPP_CATCH_ALL |
| 5692 | { |
| 5693 | if (!MdCacheGetEEName(dac_cast<TADDR>(methodDesc), s)) |
| 5694 | { |
| 5695 | PAL_CPP_RETHROW; |
| 5696 | } |
| 5697 | } |
| 5698 | PAL_CPP_ENDTRY |
| 5699 | #endif // FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | if (symbol) |
| 5702 | { |
| 5703 | // Copy as much as we can and truncate the rest. |
| 5704 | wcsncpy_s(symbol, symbolChars, s.GetUnicode(), _TRUNCATE); |
| 5705 | } |
| 5706 | |
| 5707 | if (symbolLen) |
| 5708 | *symbolLen = s.GetCount() + 1; |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | if (symbol != NULL && symbolChars < (s.GetCount() + 1)) |
| 5711 | return S_FALSE; |
| 5712 | else |
| 5713 | return S_OK; |
| 5714 | } |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 | PCSTR |
| 5717 | ClrDataAccess::GetJitHelperName( |
| 5718 | IN TADDR address, |
| 5719 | IN bool dynamicHelpersOnly /*=false*/ |
| 5720 | ) |
| 5721 | { |
| 5722 | const static PCSTR s_rgHelperNames[] = { |
| 5723 | #define JITHELPER(code,fn,sig) #code, |
| 5724 | #include <jithelpers.h> |
| 5725 | }; |
| 5726 | static_assert_no_msg(COUNTOF(s_rgHelperNames) == CORINFO_HELP_COUNT); |
| 5727 | |
| 5728 | #ifdef FEATURE_PAL |
| 5729 | if (!dynamicHelpersOnly) |
| 5730 | #else |
| 5731 | if (!dynamicHelpersOnly && g_runtimeLoadedBaseAddress <= address && |
| 5732 | address < g_runtimeLoadedBaseAddress + g_runtimeVirtualSize) |
| 5733 | #endif // FEATURE_PAL |
| 5734 | { |
| 5735 | // Read the whole table from the target in one shot for better performance |
| 5736 | VMHELPDEF * pTable = static_cast<VMHELPDEF *>( |
| 5737 | PTR_READ(dac_cast<TADDR>(&hlpFuncTable), CORINFO_HELP_COUNT * sizeof(VMHELPDEF))); |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | for (int i = 0; i < CORINFO_HELP_COUNT; i++) |
| 5740 | { |
| 5741 | if (address == (TADDR)(pTable[i].pfnHelper)) |
| 5742 | return s_rgHelperNames[i]; |
| 5743 | } |
| 5744 | } |
| 5745 | |
| 5746 | // Check if its a dynamically generated JIT helper |
| 5747 | const static CorInfoHelpFunc s_rgDynamicHCallIds[] = { |
| 5748 | #define DYNAMICJITHELPER(code, fn, sig) code, |
| 5749 | #define JITHELPER(code, fn,sig) |
| 5750 | #include <jithelpers.h> |
| 5751 | }; |
| 5752 | |
| 5753 | // Read the whole table from the target in one shot for better performance |
| 5754 | VMHELPDEF * pDynamicTable = static_cast<VMHELPDEF *>( |
| 5755 | PTR_READ(dac_cast<TADDR>(&hlpDynamicFuncTable), DYNAMIC_CORINFO_HELP_COUNT * sizeof(VMHELPDEF))); |
| 5756 | for (unsigned d = 0; d < DYNAMIC_CORINFO_HELP_COUNT; d++) |
| 5757 | { |
| 5758 | if (address == (TADDR)(pDynamicTable[d].pfnHelper)) |
| 5759 | { |
| 5760 | return s_rgHelperNames[s_rgDynamicHCallIds[d]]; |
| 5761 | } |
| 5762 | } |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 | return NULL; |
| 5765 | } |
| 5766 | |
| 5767 | HRESULT |
| 5768 | ClrDataAccess::RawGetMethodName( |
| 5769 | /* [in] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS address, |
| 5770 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 flags, |
| 5771 | /* [in] */ ULONG32 bufLen, |
| 5772 | /* [out] */ ULONG32 *symbolLen, |
| 5773 | /* [size_is][out] */ __out_ecount_opt(bufLen) WCHAR symbolBuf[ ], |
| 5774 | /* [out] */ CLRDATA_ADDRESS* displacement) |
| 5775 | { |
| 5776 | #ifdef _TARGET_ARM_ |
| 5777 | _ASSERTE((address & THUMB_CODE) == 0); |
| 5778 | address &= ~THUMB_CODE; |
| 5779 | #endif |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 | const UINT k_cch64BitHexFormat = COUNTOF("1234567812345678" ); |
| 5782 | HRESULT status; |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | if (flags != 0) |
| 5785 | { |
| 5786 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 5787 | } |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 | TADDR taddr; |
| 5790 | if( (status = TRY_CLRDATA_ADDRESS_TO_TADDR(address, &taddr)) != S_OK ) |
| 5791 | { |
| 5792 | return status; |
| 5793 | } |
| 5794 | |
| 5795 | if ((status = IsPossibleCodeAddress(taddr)) != S_OK) |
| 5796 | { |
| 5797 | return status; |
| 5798 | } |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 | PTR_StubManager pStubManager; |
| 5801 | MethodDesc* methodDesc = NULL; |
| 5802 | |
| 5803 | { |
| 5804 | EECodeInfo codeInfo(TO_TADDR(address)); |
| 5805 | if (codeInfo.IsValid()) |
| 5806 | { |
| 5807 | if (displacement) |
| 5808 | { |
| 5809 | *displacement = codeInfo.GetRelOffset(); |
| 5810 | } |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 | methodDesc = codeInfo.GetMethodDesc(); |
| 5813 | goto NameFromMethodDesc; |
| 5814 | } |
| 5815 | } |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | pStubManager = StubManager::FindStubManager(TO_TADDR(address)); |
| 5818 | if (pStubManager != NULL) |
| 5819 | { |
| 5820 | if (displacement) |
| 5821 | { |
| 5822 | *displacement = 0; |
| 5823 | } |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | // |
| 5826 | // Special-cased stub managers |
| 5827 | // |
| 5828 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 5829 | if (pStubManager == RangeSectionStubManager::g_pManager) |
| 5830 | { |
| 5831 | switch (RangeSectionStubManager::GetStubKind(TO_TADDR(address))) |
| 5832 | { |
| 5833 | case STUB_CODE_BLOCK_PRECODE: |
| 5834 | goto PrecodeStub; |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 | case STUB_CODE_BLOCK_JUMPSTUB: |
| 5837 | goto JumpStub; |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | default: |
| 5840 | break; |
| 5841 | } |
| 5842 | } |
| 5843 | else |
| 5844 | #endif |
| 5845 | if (pStubManager == PrecodeStubManager::g_pManager) |
| 5846 | { |
| 5847 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 5848 | PrecodeStub: |
| 5849 | #endif |
| 5850 | PCODE alignedAddress = AlignDown(TO_TADDR(address), PRECODE_ALIGNMENT); |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | #ifdef _TARGET_ARM_ |
| 5853 | alignedAddress += THUMB_CODE; |
| 5854 | #endif |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 | SIZE_T maxPrecodeSize = sizeof(StubPrecode); |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 | #ifdef HAS_THISPTR_RETBUF_PRECODE |
| 5859 | maxPrecodeSize = max(maxPrecodeSize, sizeof(ThisPtrRetBufPrecode)); |
| 5860 | #endif |
| 5861 | |
| 5862 | for (SIZE_T i = 0; i < maxPrecodeSize / PRECODE_ALIGNMENT; i++) |
| 5863 | { |
| 5864 | EX_TRY |
| 5865 | { |
| 5866 | // Try to find matching precode entrypoint |
| 5867 | Precode* pPrecode = Precode::GetPrecodeFromEntryPoint(alignedAddress, TRUE); |
| 5868 | if (pPrecode != NULL) |
| 5869 | { |
| 5870 | methodDesc = pPrecode->GetMethodDesc(); |
| 5871 | if (methodDesc != NULL) |
| 5872 | { |
| 5873 | if (DacValidateMD(methodDesc)) |
| 5874 | { |
| 5875 | if (displacement) |
| 5876 | { |
| 5877 | *displacement = TO_TADDR(address) - PCODEToPINSTR(alignedAddress); |
| 5878 | } |
| 5879 | goto NameFromMethodDesc; |
| 5880 | } |
| 5881 | } |
| 5882 | } |
| 5883 | alignedAddress -= PRECODE_ALIGNMENT; |
| 5884 | } |
| 5885 | EX_CATCH |
| 5886 | { |
| 5887 | } |
| 5888 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 5889 | } |
| 5890 | } |
| 5891 | else |
| 5892 | if (pStubManager == JumpStubStubManager::g_pManager) |
| 5893 | { |
| 5894 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 5895 | JumpStub: |
| 5896 | #endif |
| 5897 | PCODE pTarget = decodeBackToBackJump(TO_TADDR(address)); |
| 5898 | |
| 5899 | HRESULT hr = GetRuntimeNameByAddress(pTarget, flags, bufLen, symbolLen, symbolBuf, NULL); |
| 5900 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) |
| 5901 | { |
| 5902 | return hr; |
| 5903 | } |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 | PCSTR pHelperName = GetJitHelperName(pTarget); |
| 5906 | if (pHelperName != NULL) |
| 5907 | { |
| 5908 | hr = ConvertUtf8(pHelperName, bufLen, symbolLen, symbolBuf); |
| 5909 | if (FAILED(hr)) |
| 5910 | return S_FALSE; |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 | return hr; |
| 5913 | } |
| 5914 | } |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 | static WCHAR s_wszFormatNameWithStubManager[] = W("CLRStub[%s]@%I64x" ); |
| 5917 | |
| 5918 | LPCWSTR wszStubManagerName = pStubManager->GetStubManagerName(TO_TADDR(address)); |
| 5919 | _ASSERTE(wszStubManagerName != NULL); |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | int result = _snwprintf_s( |
| 5922 | symbolBuf, |
| 5923 | bufLen, |
| 5924 | _TRUNCATE, |
| 5925 | s_wszFormatNameWithStubManager, |
| 5926 | wszStubManagerName, // Arg 1 = stub name |
| 5927 | TO_TADDR(address)); // Arg 2 = stub hex address |
| 5928 | |
| 5929 | if (result != -1) |
| 5930 | { |
| 5931 | // Printf succeeded, so we have an exact char count to return |
| 5932 | if (symbolLen) |
| 5933 | { |
| 5934 | size_t cchSymbol = wcslen(symbolBuf) + 1; |
| 5935 | if (!FitsIn<ULONG32>(cchSymbol)) |
| 5936 | return COR_E_OVERFLOW; |
| 5937 | |
| 5938 | *symbolLen = (ULONG32) cchSymbol; |
| 5939 | } |
| 5940 | return S_OK; |
| 5941 | } |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 | // Printf failed. Estimate a size that will be at least big enough to hold the name |
| 5944 | if (symbolLen) |
| 5945 | { |
| 5946 | size_t cchSymbol = COUNTOF(s_wszFormatNameWithStubManager) + |
| 5947 | wcslen(wszStubManagerName) + |
| 5948 | k_cch64BitHexFormat + |
| 5949 | 1; |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | if (!FitsIn<ULONG32>(cchSymbol)) |
| 5952 | return COR_E_OVERFLOW; |
| 5953 | |
| 5954 | *symbolLen = (ULONG32) cchSymbol; |
| 5955 | } |
| 5956 | return S_FALSE; |
| 5957 | } |
| 5958 | |
| 5959 | // Do not waste time looking up name for static helper. Debugger can get the actual name from .pdb. |
| 5960 | PCSTR pHelperName; |
| 5961 | pHelperName = GetJitHelperName(TO_TADDR(address), true /* dynamicHelpersOnly */); |
| 5962 | if (pHelperName != NULL) |
| 5963 | { |
| 5964 | if (displacement) |
| 5965 | { |
| 5966 | *displacement = 0; |
| 5967 | } |
| 5968 | |
| 5969 | HRESULT hr = ConvertUtf8(pHelperName, bufLen, symbolLen, symbolBuf); |
| 5970 | if (FAILED(hr)) |
| 5971 | return S_FALSE; |
| 5972 | |
| 5973 | return S_OK; |
| 5974 | } |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 | return E_NOINTERFACE; |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 | NameFromMethodDesc: |
| 5979 | if (methodDesc->GetClassification() == mcDynamic && |
| 5980 | !methodDesc->GetSig()) |
| 5981 | { |
| 5982 | // XXX Microsoft - Should this case have a more specific name? |
| 5983 | static WCHAR s_wszFormatNameAddressOnly[] = W("CLRStub@%I64x" ); |
| 5984 | |
| 5985 | int result = _snwprintf_s( |
| 5986 | symbolBuf, |
| 5987 | bufLen, |
| 5988 | _TRUNCATE, |
| 5989 | s_wszFormatNameAddressOnly, |
| 5990 | TO_TADDR(address)); |
| 5991 | |
| 5992 | if (result != -1) |
| 5993 | { |
| 5994 | // Printf succeeded, so we have an exact char count to return |
| 5995 | if (symbolLen) |
| 5996 | { |
| 5997 | size_t cchSymbol = wcslen(symbolBuf) + 1; |
| 5998 | if (!FitsIn<ULONG32>(cchSymbol)) |
| 5999 | return COR_E_OVERFLOW; |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | *symbolLen = (ULONG32) cchSymbol; |
| 6002 | } |
| 6003 | return S_OK; |
| 6004 | } |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 | // Printf failed. Estimate a size that will be at least big enough to hold the name |
| 6007 | if (symbolLen) |
| 6008 | { |
| 6009 | size_t cchSymbol = COUNTOF(s_wszFormatNameAddressOnly) + |
| 6010 | k_cch64BitHexFormat + |
| 6011 | 1; |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 | if (!FitsIn<ULONG32>(cchSymbol)) |
| 6014 | return COR_E_OVERFLOW; |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 | *symbolLen = (ULONG32) cchSymbol; |
| 6017 | } |
| 6018 | |
| 6019 | return S_FALSE; |
| 6020 | } |
| 6021 | |
| 6022 | return GetFullMethodName(methodDesc, bufLen, symbolLen, symbolBuf); |
| 6023 | } |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 | HRESULT |
| 6026 | ClrDataAccess::GetMethodExtents(MethodDesc* methodDesc, |
| 6027 | METH_EXTENTS** extents) |
| 6028 | { |
| 6029 | CLRDATA_ADDRESS_RANGE* curExtent; |
| 6030 | |
| 6031 | { |
| 6032 | // |
| 6033 | // Get the information from the methoddesc. |
| 6034 | // We'll go through the CodeManager + JitManagers, so this should work |
| 6035 | // for all types of managed code. |
| 6036 | // |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 | PCODE methodStart = methodDesc->GetNativeCode(); |
| 6039 | if (!methodStart) |
| 6040 | { |
| 6041 | return E_NOINTERFACE; |
| 6042 | } |
| 6043 | |
| 6044 | EECodeInfo codeInfo(methodStart); |
| 6045 | _ASSERTE(codeInfo.IsValid()); |
| 6046 | |
| 6047 | TADDR codeSize = codeInfo.GetCodeManager()->GetFunctionSize(codeInfo.GetGCInfoToken()); |
| 6048 | |
| 6049 | *extents = new (nothrow) METH_EXTENTS; |
| 6050 | if (!*extents) |
| 6051 | { |
| 6052 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 6053 | } |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 | (*extents)->numExtents = 1; |
| 6056 | curExtent = (*extents)->extents; |
| 6057 | curExtent->startAddress = TO_CDADDR(methodStart); |
| 6058 | curExtent->endAddress = |
| 6059 | curExtent->startAddress + codeSize; |
| 6060 | curExtent++; |
| 6061 | } |
| 6062 | |
| 6063 | (*extents)->curExtent = 0; |
| 6064 | |
| 6065 | return S_OK; |
| 6066 | } |
| 6067 | |
| 6068 | // Allocator to pass to the debug-info-stores... |
| 6069 | BYTE* DebugInfoStoreNew(void * pData, size_t cBytes) |
| 6070 | { |
| 6071 | return new (nothrow) BYTE[cBytes]; |
| 6072 | } |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 | HRESULT |
| 6075 | ClrDataAccess::GetMethodVarInfo(MethodDesc* methodDesc, |
| 6076 | TADDR address, |
| 6077 | ULONG32* numVarInfo, |
| 6078 | ICorDebugInfo::NativeVarInfo** varInfo, |
| 6079 | ULONG32* codeOffset) |
| 6080 | { |
| 6081 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 6082 | COUNT_T countNativeVarInfo; |
| 6083 | NewHolder<ICorDebugInfo::NativeVarInfo> nativeVars(NULL); |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | DebugInfoRequest request; |
| 6086 | TADDR nativeCodeStartAddr = PCODEToPINSTR(methodDesc->GetNativeCode()); |
| 6087 | request.InitFromStartingAddr(methodDesc, nativeCodeStartAddr); |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 | BOOL success = DebugInfoManager::GetBoundariesAndVars( |
| 6090 | request, |
| 6091 | DebugInfoStoreNew, NULL, // allocator |
| 6092 | NULL, NULL, |
| 6093 | &countNativeVarInfo, &nativeVars); |
| 6094 | |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 | if (!success) |
| 6097 | { |
| 6098 | return E_FAIL; |
| 6099 | } |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 | if (!nativeVars || !countNativeVarInfo) |
| 6102 | { |
| 6103 | return E_NOINTERFACE; |
| 6104 | } |
| 6105 | |
| 6106 | *numVarInfo = countNativeVarInfo; |
| 6107 | *varInfo = nativeVars; |
| 6108 | nativeVars.SuppressRelease(); // To prevent NewHolder from releasing the memory |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 | if (codeOffset) |
| 6111 | { |
| 6112 | *codeOffset = (ULONG32) |
| 6113 | (address - nativeCodeStartAddr); |
| 6114 | } |
| 6115 | return S_OK; |
| 6116 | } |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 | HRESULT |
| 6119 | ClrDataAccess::GetMethodNativeMap(MethodDesc* methodDesc, |
| 6120 | TADDR address, |
| 6121 | ULONG32* numMap, |
| 6122 | DebuggerILToNativeMap** map, |
| 6123 | bool* mapAllocated, |
| 6124 | CLRDATA_ADDRESS* codeStart, |
| 6125 | ULONG32* codeOffset) |
| 6126 | { |
| 6127 | _ASSERTE((codeOffset == NULL) || (address != NULL)); |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 | // Use the DebugInfoStore to get IL->Native maps. |
| 6130 | // It doesn't matter whether we're jitted, ngenned etc. |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | DebugInfoRequest request; |
| 6133 | TADDR nativeCodeStartAddr = PCODEToPINSTR(methodDesc->GetNativeCode()); |
| 6134 | request.InitFromStartingAddr(methodDesc, nativeCodeStartAddr); |
| 6135 | |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | // Bounds info. |
| 6138 | ULONG32 countMapCopy; |
| 6139 | NewHolder<ICorDebugInfo::OffsetMapping> mapCopy(NULL); |
| 6140 | |
| 6141 | BOOL success = DebugInfoManager::GetBoundariesAndVars( |
| 6142 | request, |
| 6143 | DebugInfoStoreNew, NULL, // allocator |
| 6144 | &countMapCopy, &mapCopy, |
| 6145 | NULL, NULL); |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 | if (!success) |
| 6148 | { |
| 6149 | return E_FAIL; |
| 6150 | } |
| 6151 | |
| 6152 | |
| 6153 | // Need to convert map formats. |
| 6154 | *numMap = countMapCopy; |
| 6155 | |
| 6156 | *map = new (nothrow) DebuggerILToNativeMap[countMapCopy]; |
| 6157 | if (!*map) |
| 6158 | { |
| 6159 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 6160 | } |
| 6161 | |
| 6162 | ULONG32 i; |
| 6163 | for (i = 0; i < *numMap; i++) |
| 6164 | { |
| 6165 | (*map)[i].ilOffset = mapCopy[i].ilOffset; |
| 6166 | (*map)[i].nativeStartOffset = mapCopy[i].nativeOffset; |
| 6167 | if (i > 0) |
| 6168 | { |
| 6169 | (*map)[i - 1].nativeEndOffset = (*map)[i].nativeStartOffset; |
| 6170 | } |
| 6171 | (*map)[i].source = mapCopy[i].source; |
| 6172 | } |
| 6173 | if (*numMap >= 1) |
| 6174 | { |
| 6175 | (*map)[i - 1].nativeEndOffset = 0; |
| 6176 | } |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 | |
| 6179 | // Update varion out params. |
| 6180 | if (codeStart) |
| 6181 | { |
| 6182 | *codeStart = TO_CDADDR(nativeCodeStartAddr); |
| 6183 | } |
| 6184 | if (codeOffset) |
| 6185 | { |
| 6186 | *codeOffset = (ULONG32) |
| 6187 | (address - nativeCodeStartAddr); |
| 6188 | } |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 | *mapAllocated = true; |
| 6191 | return S_OK; |
| 6192 | } |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 | // Get the MethodDesc for a function |
| 6195 | // Arguments: |
| 6196 | // Input: |
| 6197 | // pModule - pointer to the module for the function |
| 6198 | // memberRef - metadata token for the function |
| 6199 | // Return Value: |
| 6200 | // MethodDesc for the function |
| 6201 | MethodDesc * ClrDataAccess::FindLoadedMethodRefOrDef(Module* pModule, |
| 6202 | mdToken memberRef) |
| 6203 | { |
| 6204 | CONTRACT(MethodDesc *) |
| 6205 | { |
| 6206 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
| 6207 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pModule)); |
| 6208 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
| 6209 | } |
| 6210 | CONTRACT_END; |
| 6211 | |
| 6212 | // Must have a MemberRef or a MethodDef |
| 6213 | mdToken tkType = TypeFromToken(memberRef); |
| 6214 | _ASSERTE((tkType == mdtMemberRef) || (tkType == mdtMethodDef)); |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 | if (tkType == mdtMemberRef) |
| 6217 | { |
| 6218 | RETURN pModule->LookupMemberRefAsMethod(memberRef); |
| 6219 | } |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | RETURN pModule->LookupMethodDef(memberRef); |
| 6222 | } // FindLoadedMethodRefOrDef |
| 6223 | |
| 6224 | // |
| 6225 | // ReportMem - report a region of memory for dump gathering |
| 6226 | // |
| 6227 | // If you specify that you expect success, any failure will cause ReportMem to |
| 6228 | // return false. If you do not expect success, true is always returned. |
| 6229 | // This function only throws when all dump collection should be cancelled. |
| 6230 | // |
| 6231 | // Arguments: |
| 6232 | // addr - the starting target address for the memory to report |
| 6233 | // size - the length (in bytes) to report |
| 6234 | // fExpectSuccess - if true (the default), then we expect that this region of memory |
| 6235 | // should be fully readable. Any read errors indicate a corrupt target. |
| 6236 | // |
| 6237 | bool ClrDataAccess::ReportMem(TADDR addr, TSIZE_T size, bool fExpectSuccess /*= true*/) |
| 6238 | { |
| 6239 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 6240 | |
| 6241 | // This block of code is to help debugging blocks that we report |
| 6242 | // to minidump/heapdump. You can set break point here to view the static |
| 6243 | // variable to figure out the size of blocks that we are reporting. |
| 6244 | // Most useful is set conditional break point to catch large chuck of |
| 6245 | // memory. We will leave it here for all builds. |
| 6246 | // |
| 6247 | static TADDR debugAddr; |
| 6248 | static TSIZE_T debugSize; |
| 6249 | debugAddr = addr; |
| 6250 | debugSize = size; |
| 6251 | |
| 6252 | HRESULT status; |
| 6253 | if (!addr || addr == (TADDR)-1 || !size) |
| 6254 | { |
| 6255 | if (fExpectSuccess) |
| 6256 | return false; |
| 6257 | else |
| 6258 | return true; |
| 6259 | } |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | // |
| 6262 | // Try and sanity-check the reported region of memory |
| 6263 | // |
| 6264 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 6265 | // in debug builds, sanity-check all reports |
| 6266 | const TSIZE_T k_minSizeToCheck = 1; |
| 6267 | #else |
| 6268 | // in retail builds, only sanity-check larger chunks which have the potential to waste a |
| 6269 | // lot of time and/or space. This avoids the overhead of checking for the majority of |
| 6270 | // memory regions (which are small). |
| 6271 | const TSIZE_T k_minSizeToCheck = 1024; |
| 6272 | #endif |
| 6273 | if (size >= k_minSizeToCheck) |
| 6274 | { |
| 6275 | if (!IsFullyReadable(addr, size)) |
| 6276 | { |
| 6277 | if (!fExpectSuccess) |
| 6278 | { |
| 6279 | // We know the read might fail (eg. we're trying to find mapped pages in |
| 6280 | // a module image), so just skip this block silently. |
| 6281 | // Note that the EnumMemoryRegion callback won't necessarily do anything if any part of |
| 6282 | // the region is unreadable, and so there is no point in calling it. For cases where we expect |
| 6283 | // the read might fail, but we want to report any partial blocks, we have to break up the region |
| 6284 | // into pages and try reporting each page anyway |
| 6285 | return true; |
| 6286 | } |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 | // We're reporting bogus memory, so the target must be corrupt (or there is a issue). We should abort |
| 6289 | // reporting and continue with the next data structure (where the exception is caught), |
| 6290 | // just like we would for a DAC read error (otherwise we might do something stupid |
| 6291 | // like get into an infinite loop, or otherwise waste time with corrupt data). |
| 6292 | |
| 6293 | TARGET_CONSISTENCY_CHECK(false, "Found unreadable memory while reporting memory regions for dump gathering" ); |
| 6294 | return false; |
| 6295 | } |
| 6296 | } |
| 6297 | |
| 6298 | // Minidumps should never contain data structures that are anywhere near 4MB. If we see this, it's |
| 6299 | // probably due to memory corruption. To keep the dump small, we'll truncate the block. Note that |
| 6300 | // the size to which the block is truncated is pretty unique, so should be good evidence in a dump |
| 6301 | // that this has happened. |
| 6302 | // Note that it's hard to say what a good value would be here, or whether we should dump any of the |
| 6303 | // data structure at all. Hopefully experience will help guide this going forward. |
| 6304 | // @dbgtodo : Extend dump-gathering API to allow a dump-log to be included. |
| 6305 | const TSIZE_T kMaxMiniDumpRegion = 4*1024*1024 - 3; // 4MB-3 |
| 6306 | if( size > kMaxMiniDumpRegion |
| 6307 | && (m_enumMemFlags == CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_MINI |
| 6308 | || m_enumMemFlags == CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_TRIAGE)) |
| 6309 | { |
| 6310 | TARGET_CONSISTENCY_CHECK( false, "Dump target consistency failure - truncating minidump data structure" ); |
| 6311 | size = kMaxMiniDumpRegion; |
| 6312 | } |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | // track the total memory reported. |
| 6315 | m_cbMemoryReported += size; |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 | // ICLRData APIs take only 32-bit sizes. In practice this will almost always be sufficient, but |
| 6318 | // in theory we might have some >4GB ranges on large 64-bit processes doing a heap dump |
| 6319 | // (for example, the code:LoaderHeap). If necessary, break up the reporting into maximum 4GB |
| 6320 | // chunks so we can use the existing API. |
| 6321 | // @dbgtodo : ICorDebugDataTarget should probably use 64-bit sizes |
| 6322 | while (size) |
| 6323 | { |
| 6324 | ULONG32 enumSize; |
| 6325 | if (size > ULONG_MAX) |
| 6326 | { |
| 6327 | enumSize = ULONG_MAX; |
| 6328 | } |
| 6329 | else |
| 6330 | { |
| 6331 | enumSize = (ULONG32)size; |
| 6332 | } |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 | // Actually perform the memory reporting callback |
| 6335 | status = m_enumMemCb->EnumMemoryRegion(TO_CDADDR(addr), enumSize); |
| 6336 | if (status != S_OK) |
| 6337 | { |
| 6338 | // If dump generation was cancelled, allow us to throw upstack so we'll actually quit. |
| 6339 | if ((fExpectSuccess) && (status != COR_E_OPERATIONCANCELED)) |
| 6340 | return false; |
| 6341 | } |
| 6342 | |
| 6343 | // If the return value of EnumMemoryRegion is COR_E_OPERATIONCANCELED, |
| 6344 | // it means that user has requested that the minidump gathering be canceled. |
| 6345 | // To do this we throw an exception which is caught in EnumMemoryRegionsWrapper. |
| 6346 | if (status == COR_E_OPERATIONCANCELED) |
| 6347 | { |
| 6348 | ThrowHR(status); |
| 6349 | } |
| 6350 | |
| 6351 | // Move onto the next chunk (if any) |
| 6352 | size -= enumSize; |
| 6353 | addr += enumSize; |
| 6354 | } |
| 6355 | |
| 6356 | return true; |
| 6357 | } |
| 6358 | |
| 6359 | |
| 6360 | // |
| 6361 | // DacUpdateMemoryRegion - updates/poisons a region of memory of generated dump |
| 6362 | // |
| 6363 | // Parameters: |
| 6364 | // addr - target address of the beginning of the memory region |
| 6365 | // bufferSize - number of bytes to update/poison |
| 6366 | // buffer - data to be written at given target address |
| 6367 | // |
| 6368 | bool ClrDataAccess::DacUpdateMemoryRegion(TADDR addr, TSIZE_T bufferSize, BYTE* buffer) |
| 6369 | { |
| 6370 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | HRESULT status; |
| 6373 | if (!addr || addr == (TADDR)-1 || !bufferSize) |
| 6374 | { |
| 6375 | return false; |
| 6376 | } |
| 6377 | |
| 6378 | // track the total memory reported. |
| 6379 | m_cbMemoryReported += bufferSize; |
| 6380 | |
| 6381 | if (m_updateMemCb == NULL) |
| 6382 | { |
| 6383 | return false; |
| 6384 | } |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 | // Actually perform the memory updating callback |
| 6387 | status = m_updateMemCb->UpdateMemoryRegion(TO_CDADDR(addr), (ULONG32)bufferSize, buffer); |
| 6388 | if (status != S_OK) |
| 6389 | { |
| 6390 | return false; |
| 6391 | } |
| 6392 | |
| 6393 | return true; |
| 6394 | } |
| 6395 | |
| 6396 | // |
| 6397 | // Check whether a region of target memory is fully readable. |
| 6398 | // |
| 6399 | // Arguments: |
| 6400 | // addr The base target address of the region |
| 6401 | // size The size of the region to analyze |
| 6402 | // |
| 6403 | // Return value: |
| 6404 | // True if the entire regions appears to be readable, false otherwise. |
| 6405 | // |
| 6406 | // Notes: |
| 6407 | // The motivation here is that reporting large regions of unmapped address space to dbgeng can result in |
| 6408 | // it taking a long time trying to identify a valid subrange. This can happen when the target |
| 6409 | // memory is corrupt, and we enumerate a data structure with a dynamic size. Ideally we would just spec |
| 6410 | // the ICLRDataEnumMemoryRegionsCallback API to require the client to fail if it detects an unmapped |
| 6411 | // memory address in the region. However, we can't change the existing dbgeng code, so for now we'll |
| 6412 | // rely on this heuristic here. |
| 6413 | // @dbgtodo : Try and get the dbg team to change their EnumMemoryRegion behavior. See DevDiv Bugs 6265 |
| 6414 | // |
| 6415 | bool ClrDataAccess::IsFullyReadable(TADDR taBase, TSIZE_T dwSize) |
| 6416 | { |
| 6417 | // The only way we have to verify that a memory region is readable is to try reading it in it's |
| 6418 | // entirety. This is potentially expensive, so we'll rely on a heuristic that spot-checks various |
| 6419 | // points in the region. |
| 6420 | |
| 6421 | // Ensure we've got something to check |
| 6422 | if( dwSize == 0 ) |
| 6423 | return true; |
| 6424 | |
| 6425 | // Check for overflow |
| 6426 | TADDR taEnd = DacTAddrOffset(taBase, dwSize, 1); |
| 6427 | |
| 6428 | // Loop through using expontential growth, being sure to check both the first and last byte |
| 6429 | TADDR taCurr = taBase; |
| 6430 | TSIZE_T dwInc = 4096; |
| 6431 | bool bDone = false; |
| 6432 | while (!bDone) |
| 6433 | { |
| 6434 | // Try and read a byte from the target. Note that we don't use PTR_BYTE here because we don't want |
| 6435 | // the overhead of inserting entries into the DAC instance cache. |
| 6436 | BYTE b; |
| 6437 | ULONG32 dwBytesRead; |
| 6438 | HRESULT hr = m_pTarget->ReadVirtual(taCurr, &b, 1, &dwBytesRead); |
| 6439 | if( hr != S_OK || dwBytesRead < 1 ) |
| 6440 | { |
| 6441 | return false; |
| 6442 | } |
| 6443 | |
| 6444 | if (taEnd - taCurr <= 1) |
| 6445 | { |
| 6446 | // We just read the last byte so we're done |
| 6447 | _ASSERTE( taCurr = taEnd - 1 ); |
| 6448 | bDone = true; |
| 6449 | } |
| 6450 | else if (dwInc == 0 || dwInc >= taEnd - taCurr) |
| 6451 | { |
| 6452 | // we've reached the end of the exponential series, check the last byte |
| 6453 | taCurr = taEnd - 1; |
| 6454 | } |
| 6455 | else |
| 6456 | { |
| 6457 | // advance current pointer (subtraction above ensures this won't overflow) |
| 6458 | taCurr += dwInc; |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | // double the increment for next time (or set to 0 if it's already the max) |
| 6461 | dwInc <<= 1; |
| 6462 | } |
| 6463 | } |
| 6464 | return true; |
| 6465 | } |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 | JITNotification* |
| 6468 | ClrDataAccess::GetHostJitNotificationTable() |
| 6469 | { |
| 6470 | if (m_jitNotificationTable == NULL) |
| 6471 | { |
| 6472 | m_jitNotificationTable = |
| 6473 | JITNotifications::InitializeNotificationTable(1000); |
| 6474 | } |
| 6475 | |
| 6476 | return m_jitNotificationTable; |
| 6477 | } |
| 6478 | |
| 6479 | GcNotification* |
| 6480 | ClrDataAccess::GetHostGcNotificationTable() |
| 6481 | { |
| 6482 | if (m_gcNotificationTable == NULL) |
| 6483 | { |
| 6484 | m_gcNotificationTable = |
| 6485 | GcNotifications::InitializeNotificationTable(128); |
| 6486 | } |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | return m_gcNotificationTable; |
| 6489 | } |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | /* static */ bool |
| 6492 | ClrDataAccess::GetMetaDataFileInfoFromPEFile(PEFile *pPEFile, |
| 6493 | DWORD &dwTimeStamp, |
| 6494 | DWORD &dwSize, |
| 6495 | DWORD &dwDataSize, |
| 6496 | DWORD &dwRvaHint, |
| 6497 | bool &isNGEN, |
| 6498 | __out_ecount(cchFilePath) LPWSTR wszFilePath, |
| 6499 | const DWORD cchFilePath) |
| 6500 | { |
| 6501 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 6502 | PEImage *mdImage = NULL; |
| 6503 | PEImageLayout *layout; |
| 6504 | IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY *pDir = NULL; |
| 6505 | COUNT_T uniPathChars = 0; |
| 6506 | |
| 6507 | isNGEN = false; |
| 6508 | |
| 6509 | if (pPEFile->HasNativeImage()) |
| 6510 | { |
| 6511 | mdImage = pPEFile->GetNativeImage(); |
| 6512 | _ASSERTE(mdImage != NULL); |
| 6513 | layout = mdImage->GetLoadedLayout(); |
| 6514 | pDir = &(layout->GetCorHeader()->MetaData); |
| 6515 | // For ngen image, the IL metadata is stored for private use. So we need to pass |
| 6516 | // the RVA hint to find it to debuggers. |
| 6517 | // |
| 6518 | if (pDir->Size != 0) |
| 6519 | { |
| 6520 | isNGEN = true; |
| 6521 | dwRvaHint = pDir->VirtualAddress; |
| 6522 | dwDataSize = pDir->Size; |
| 6523 | } |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 | } |
| 6526 | if (pDir == NULL || pDir->Size == 0) |
| 6527 | { |
| 6528 | mdImage = pPEFile->GetILimage(); |
| 6529 | if (mdImage != NULL) |
| 6530 | { |
| 6531 | layout = mdImage->GetLoadedLayout(); |
| 6532 | pDir = &layout->GetCorHeader()->MetaData; |
| 6533 | |
| 6534 | // In IL image case, we do not have any hint to IL metadata since it is stored |
| 6535 | // in the corheader. |
| 6536 | // |
| 6537 | dwRvaHint = 0; |
| 6538 | dwDataSize = pDir->Size; |
| 6539 | } |
| 6540 | else |
| 6541 | { |
| 6542 | return false; |
| 6543 | } |
| 6544 | } |
| 6545 | |
| 6546 | // Do not fail if path can not be read. Triage dumps don't have paths and we want to fallback |
| 6547 | // on searching metadata from IL image. |
| 6548 | mdImage->GetPath().DacGetUnicode(cchFilePath, wszFilePath, &uniPathChars); |
| 6549 | |
| 6550 | if (!mdImage->HasNTHeaders() || |
| 6551 | !mdImage->HasCorHeader() || |
| 6552 | !mdImage->HasLoadedLayout() || |
| 6553 | (uniPathChars > cchFilePath)) |
| 6554 | { |
| 6555 | return false; |
| 6556 | } |
| 6557 | |
| 6558 | // It is possible that the module is in-memory. That is the wszFilePath here is empty. |
| 6559 | // We will try to use the module name instead in this case for hosting debugger |
| 6560 | // to find match. |
| 6561 | if (wcslen(wszFilePath) == 0) |
| 6562 | { |
| 6563 | mdImage->GetModuleFileNameHintForDAC().DacGetUnicode(cchFilePath, wszFilePath, &uniPathChars); |
| 6564 | if (uniPathChars > cchFilePath) |
| 6565 | { |
| 6566 | return false; |
| 6567 | } |
| 6568 | } |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 | dwTimeStamp = layout->GetTimeDateStamp(); |
| 6571 | dwSize = (ULONG32)layout->GetVirtualSize(); |
| 6572 | |
| 6573 | return true; |
| 6574 | } |
| 6575 | |
| 6576 | /* static */ |
| 6577 | bool ClrDataAccess::GetILImageInfoFromNgenPEFile(PEFile *peFile, |
| 6578 | DWORD &dwTimeStamp, |
| 6579 | DWORD &dwSize, |
| 6580 | __out_ecount(cchFilePath) LPWSTR wszFilePath, |
| 6581 | const DWORD cchFilePath) |
| 6582 | { |
| 6583 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 6584 | DWORD dwWritten = 0; |
| 6585 | |
| 6586 | // use the IL File name |
| 6587 | if (!peFile->GetPath().DacGetUnicode(cchFilePath, wszFilePath, (COUNT_T *)(&dwWritten))) |
| 6588 | { |
| 6589 | // Use DAC hint to retrieve the IL name. |
| 6590 | peFile->GetModuleFileNameHint().DacGetUnicode(cchFilePath, wszFilePath, (COUNT_T *)(&dwWritten)); |
| 6591 | } |
| 6592 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 6593 | // Need to get IL image information from cached info in the ngen image. |
| 6594 | dwTimeStamp = peFile->GetLoaded()->GetNativeVersionInfo()->sourceAssembly.timeStamp; |
| 6595 | dwSize = peFile->GetLoaded()->GetNativeVersionInfo()->sourceAssembly.ilImageSize; |
| 6596 | #else |
| 6597 | dwTimeStamp = 0; |
| 6598 | dwSize = 0; |
| 6599 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 | return true; |
| 6602 | } |
| 6603 | |
| 6604 | #if defined(FEATURE_CORESYSTEM) |
| 6605 | /* static */ |
| 6606 | // We extract "ni.dll or .ni.winmd" from the NGEM image name to obtain the IL image name. |
| 6607 | // In the end we add given ilExtension. |
| 6608 | // This dependecy is based on Apollo installer behavior. |
| 6609 | bool ClrDataAccess::GetILImageNameFromNgenImage( LPCWSTR ilExtension, |
| 6610 | __out_ecount(cchFilePath) LPWSTR wszFilePath, |
| 6611 | const DWORD cchFilePath) |
| 6612 | { |
| 6613 | if (wszFilePath == NULL || cchFilePath == 0) |
| 6614 | { |
| 6615 | return false; |
| 6616 | } |
| 6617 | |
| 6618 | _wcslwr_s(wszFilePath, cchFilePath); |
| 6619 | // Find the "ni.dll" or "ni.winmd" extension (check for PEFile isWinRT something to know when is winmd or not. |
| 6620 | // If none exists use NGEN image name. |
| 6621 | // |
| 6622 | const WCHAR* ngenExtension[] = {W("ni.dll" ), W("ni.winmd" )}; |
| 6623 | |
| 6624 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < COUNTOF(ngenExtension); ++i) |
| 6625 | { |
| 6626 | if (wcslen(ilExtension) > wcslen(ngenExtension[i])) |
| 6627 | { |
| 6628 | // We should not have IL image name bigger than NGEN image. |
| 6629 | // It will not fit inside wszFilePath. |
| 6630 | continue; |
| 6631 | } |
| 6632 | LPWSTR wszFileExtension = wcsstr(wszFilePath, ngenExtension[i]); |
| 6633 | if (wszFileExtension != 0) |
| 6634 | { |
| 6635 | LPWSTR wszNextFileExtension = wszFileExtension; |
| 6636 | // Find last occurence |
| 6637 | do |
| 6638 | { |
| 6639 | wszFileExtension = wszNextFileExtension; |
| 6640 | wszNextFileExtension = wcsstr(wszFileExtension + 1, ngenExtension[i]); |
| 6641 | } while (wszNextFileExtension != 0); |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 | // Overwrite ni.dll or ni.winmd with ilExtension(.dll, .winmd) |
| 6644 | if (!memcpy_s(wszFileExtension, |
| 6645 | wcslen(ngenExtension[i])*sizeof(WCHAR), |
| 6646 | ilExtension, |
| 6647 | wcslen(ilExtension)*sizeof(WCHAR))) |
| 6648 | { |
| 6649 | wszFileExtension[wcslen(ilExtension)] = '\0'; |
| 6650 | return true; |
| 6651 | } |
| 6652 | } |
| 6653 | } |
| 6654 | |
| 6655 | //Use ngen filename if there is no ".ni" |
| 6656 | if (wcsstr(wszFilePath, W(".ni" )) == 0) |
| 6657 | { |
| 6658 | return true; |
| 6659 | } |
| 6660 | |
| 6661 | return false; |
| 6662 | } |
| 6663 | #endif // FEATURE_CORESYSTEM |
| 6664 | |
| 6665 | void * |
| 6666 | ClrDataAccess::GetMetaDataFromHost(PEFile* peFile, |
| 6667 | bool* isAlternate) |
| 6668 | { |
| 6669 | DWORD imageTimestamp, imageSize, dataSize; |
| 6670 | void* buffer = NULL; |
| 6671 | WCHAR uniPath[MAX_LONGPATH] = {0}; |
| 6672 | bool isAlt = false; |
| 6673 | bool isNGEN = false; |
| 6674 | DAC_INSTANCE* inst = NULL; |
| 6675 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
| 6676 | DWORD ulRvaHint; |
| 6677 | // |
| 6678 | // We always ask for the IL image metadata, |
| 6679 | // as we expect that to be more |
| 6680 | // available than others. The drawback is that |
| 6681 | // there may be differences between the IL image |
| 6682 | // metadata and native image metadata, so we |
| 6683 | // have to mark such alternate metadata so that |
| 6684 | // we can fail unsupported usage of it. |
| 6685 | // |
| 6686 | |
| 6687 | // Microsoft - above comment seems to be an unimplemented thing. |
| 6688 | // The DAC_MD_IMPORT.isAlternate field gets ultimately set, but |
| 6689 | // on the searching I did, I cannot find any usage of it |
| 6690 | // other than in the ctor. Should we be doing something, or should |
| 6691 | // we remove this comment and the isAlternate field? |
| 6692 | // It's possible that test will want us to track whether we have |
| 6693 | // an IL image's metadata loaded against an NGEN'ed image |
| 6694 | // so the field remains for now. |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 | if (!ClrDataAccess::GetMetaDataFileInfoFromPEFile( |
| 6697 | peFile, |
| 6698 | imageTimestamp, |
| 6699 | imageSize, |
| 6700 | dataSize, |
| 6701 | ulRvaHint, |
| 6702 | isNGEN, |
| 6703 | uniPath, |
| 6704 | NumItems(uniPath))) |
| 6705 | { |
| 6706 | return NULL; |
| 6707 | } |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 | // try direct match for the image that is loaded into the managed process |
| 6710 | peFile->GetLoadedMetadata((COUNT_T *)(&dataSize)); |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 | DWORD allocSize = 0; |
| 6713 | if (!ClrSafeInt<DWORD>::addition(dataSize, sizeof(DAC_INSTANCE), allocSize)) |
| 6714 | { |
| 6715 | DacError(HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_ARITHMETIC_OVERFLOW)); |
| 6716 | } |
| 6717 | |
| 6718 | inst = m_instances.Alloc(0, allocSize, DAC_DPTR); |
| 6719 | if (!inst) |
| 6720 | { |
| 6721 | DacError(E_OUTOFMEMORY); |
| 6722 | return NULL; |
| 6723 | } |
| 6724 | |
| 6725 | buffer = (void*)(inst + 1); |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 | // APIs implemented by hosting debugger. It can use the path/filename, timestamp, and |
| 6728 | // file size to find an exact match for the image. If that fails for an ngen'ed image, |
| 6729 | // we can request the IL image which it came from. |
| 6730 | if (m_legacyMetaDataLocator) |
| 6731 | { |
| 6732 | // Legacy API implemented by hosting debugger. |
| 6733 | hr = m_legacyMetaDataLocator->GetMetadata( |
| 6734 | uniPath, |
| 6735 | imageTimestamp, |
| 6736 | imageSize, |
| 6737 | NULL, // MVID - not used yet |
| 6738 | ulRvaHint, |
| 6739 | 0, // flags - reserved for future. |
| 6740 | dataSize, |
| 6741 | (BYTE*)buffer, |
| 6742 | NULL); |
| 6743 | } |
| 6744 | else |
| 6745 | { |
| 6746 | hr = m_target3->GetMetaData( |
| 6747 | uniPath, |
| 6748 | imageTimestamp, |
| 6749 | imageSize, |
| 6750 | NULL, // MVID - not used yet |
| 6751 | ulRvaHint, |
| 6752 | 0, // flags - reserved for future. |
| 6753 | dataSize, |
| 6754 | (BYTE*)buffer, |
| 6755 | NULL); |
| 6756 | } |
| 6757 | if (FAILED(hr) && isNGEN) |
| 6758 | { |
| 6759 | // We failed to locate the ngen'ed image. We should try to |
| 6760 | // find the matching IL image |
| 6761 | // |
| 6762 | isAlt = true; |
| 6763 | if (!ClrDataAccess::GetILImageInfoFromNgenPEFile( |
| 6764 | peFile, |
| 6765 | imageTimestamp, |
| 6766 | imageSize, |
| 6767 | uniPath, |
| 6768 | NumItems(uniPath))) |
| 6769 | { |
| 6770 | goto ErrExit; |
| 6771 | } |
| 6772 | |
| 6773 | #if defined(FEATURE_CORESYSTEM) |
| 6774 | const WCHAR* ilExtension[] = {W("dll" ), W("winmd" )}; |
| 6775 | WCHAR ngenImageName[MAX_LONGPATH] = {0}; |
| 6776 | if (wcscpy_s(ngenImageName, NumItems(ngenImageName), uniPath) != 0) |
| 6777 | { |
| 6778 | goto ErrExit; |
| 6779 | } |
| 6780 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < COUNTOF(ilExtension); i++) |
| 6781 | { |
| 6782 | if (wcscpy_s(uniPath, NumItems(uniPath), ngenImageName) != 0) |
| 6783 | { |
| 6784 | goto ErrExit; |
| 6785 | } |
| 6786 | // Transform NGEN image name into IL Image name |
| 6787 | if (!GetILImageNameFromNgenImage(ilExtension[i], uniPath, NumItems(uniPath))) |
| 6788 | { |
| 6789 | goto ErrExit; |
| 6790 | } |
| 6791 | #endif//FEATURE_CORESYSTEM |
| 6792 | |
| 6793 | // RVA size in ngen image and IL image is the same. Because the only |
| 6794 | // different is in RVA. That is 4 bytes column fixed. |
| 6795 | // |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | // try again |
| 6798 | if (m_legacyMetaDataLocator) |
| 6799 | { |
| 6800 | hr = m_legacyMetaDataLocator->GetMetadata( |
| 6801 | uniPath, |
| 6802 | imageTimestamp, |
| 6803 | imageSize, |
| 6804 | NULL, // MVID - not used yet |
| 6805 | 0, // pass zero hint here... important |
| 6806 | 0, // flags - reserved for future. |
| 6807 | dataSize, |
| 6808 | (BYTE*)buffer, |
| 6809 | NULL); |
| 6810 | } |
| 6811 | else |
| 6812 | { |
| 6813 | hr = m_target3->GetMetaData( |
| 6814 | uniPath, |
| 6815 | imageTimestamp, |
| 6816 | imageSize, |
| 6817 | NULL, // MVID - not used yet |
| 6818 | 0, // pass zero hint here... important |
| 6819 | 0, // flags - reserved for future. |
| 6820 | dataSize, |
| 6821 | (BYTE*)buffer, |
| 6822 | NULL); |
| 6823 | } |
| 6824 | #if defined(FEATURE_CORESYSTEM) |
| 6825 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) |
| 6826 | { |
| 6827 | break; |
| 6828 | } |
| 6829 | } |
| 6830 | #endif // FEATURE_CORESYSTEM |
| 6831 | } |
| 6832 | |
| 6833 | if (FAILED(hr)) |
| 6834 | { |
| 6835 | goto ErrExit; |
| 6836 | } |
| 6837 | |
| 6838 | *isAlternate = isAlt; |
| 6839 | m_instances.AddSuperseded(inst); |
| 6840 | return buffer; |
| 6841 | |
| 6842 | ErrExit: |
| 6843 | if (inst != NULL) |
| 6844 | { |
| 6845 | m_instances.ReturnAlloc(inst); |
| 6846 | } |
| 6847 | return NULL; |
| 6848 | } |
| 6849 | |
| 6850 | |
| 6851 | //++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ |
| 6852 | // |
| 6853 | // Given a PEFile or a ReflectionModule try to find the corresponding metadata |
| 6854 | // We will first ask debugger to locate it. If fail, we will try |
| 6855 | // to get it from the target process |
| 6856 | // |
| 6857 | //++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ |
| 6858 | IMDInternalImport* |
| 6859 | ClrDataAccess::GetMDImport(const PEFile* peFile, const ReflectionModule* reflectionModule, bool throwEx) |
| 6860 | { |
| 6861 | HRESULT status; |
| 6862 | PTR_CVOID mdBaseTarget = NULL; |
| 6863 | COUNT_T mdSize; |
| 6864 | IMDInternalImport* mdImport = NULL; |
| 6865 | PVOID mdBaseHost = NULL; |
| 6866 | bool isAlternate = false; |
| 6867 | |
| 6868 | _ASSERTE(peFile == NULL && reflectionModule != NULL || peFile != NULL && reflectionModule == NULL); |
| 6869 | TADDR peFileAddr = (peFile != NULL) ? dac_cast<TADDR>(peFile) : dac_cast<TADDR>(reflectionModule); |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 | // |
| 6872 | // Look for one we've already created. |
| 6873 | // |
| 6874 | mdImport = m_mdImports.Get(peFileAddr); |
| 6875 | if (mdImport != NULL) |
| 6876 | { |
| 6877 | return mdImport; |
| 6878 | } |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 | if (peFile != NULL) |
| 6881 | { |
| 6882 | // Get the metadata size |
| 6883 | mdBaseTarget = ((PEFile*)peFile)->GetLoadedMetadata(&mdSize); |
| 6884 | } |
| 6885 | else if (reflectionModule != NULL) |
| 6886 | { |
| 6887 | // Get the metadata |
| 6888 | PTR_SBuffer metadataBuffer = reflectionModule->GetDynamicMetadataBuffer(); |
| 6889 | if (metadataBuffer != PTR_NULL) |
| 6890 | { |
| 6891 | mdBaseTarget = dac_cast<PTR_CVOID>((metadataBuffer->DacGetRawBuffer()).StartAddress()); |
| 6892 | mdSize = metadataBuffer->GetSize(); |
| 6893 | } |
| 6894 | else |
| 6895 | { |
| 6896 | if (throwEx) |
| 6897 | { |
| 6898 | DacError(E_FAIL); |
| 6899 | } |
| 6900 | return NULL; |
| 6901 | } |
| 6902 | } |
| 6903 | else |
| 6904 | { |
| 6905 | if (throwEx) |
| 6906 | { |
| 6907 | DacError(E_FAIL); |
| 6908 | } |
| 6909 | return NULL; |
| 6910 | } |
| 6911 | |
| 6912 | if (mdBaseTarget == PTR_NULL) |
| 6913 | { |
| 6914 | mdBaseHost = NULL; |
| 6915 | } |
| 6916 | else |
| 6917 | { |
| 6918 | |
| 6919 | // |
| 6920 | // Maybe the target process has the metadata |
| 6921 | // Find out where the metadata for the image is |
| 6922 | // in the target's memory. |
| 6923 | // |
| 6924 | // |
| 6925 | // Read the metadata into the host process. Make sure pass in false in the last |
| 6926 | // parameter. This is only matters when producing skinny mini-dump. This will |
| 6927 | // prevent metadata gets reported into mini-dump. |
| 6928 | // |
| 6929 | mdBaseHost = DacInstantiateTypeByAddressNoReport(dac_cast<TADDR>(mdBaseTarget), mdSize, |
| 6930 | false); |
| 6931 | } |
| 6932 | |
| 6933 | // Try to see if debugger can locate it |
| 6934 | if (peFile != NULL && mdBaseHost == NULL && (m_target3 || m_legacyMetaDataLocator)) |
| 6935 | { |
| 6936 | // We couldn't read the metadata from memory. Ask |
| 6937 | // the target for metadata as it may be able to |
| 6938 | // provide it from some alternate means. |
| 6939 | mdBaseHost = GetMetaDataFromHost(const_cast<PEFile *>(peFile), &isAlternate); |
| 6940 | } |
| 6941 | |
| 6942 | if (mdBaseHost == NULL) |
| 6943 | { |
| 6944 | // cannot locate metadata anywhere |
| 6945 | if (throwEx) |
| 6946 | { |
| 6947 | DacError(E_INVALIDARG); |
| 6948 | } |
| 6949 | return NULL; |
| 6950 | } |
| 6951 | |
| 6952 | // |
| 6953 | // Open the MD interface on the host copy of the metadata. |
| 6954 | // |
| 6955 | |
| 6956 | status = GetMDInternalInterface(mdBaseHost, mdSize, ofRead, |
| 6957 | IID_IMDInternalImport, |
| 6958 | (void**)&mdImport); |
| 6959 | if (status != S_OK) |
| 6960 | { |
| 6961 | if (throwEx) |
| 6962 | { |
| 6963 | DacError(status); |
| 6964 | } |
| 6965 | return NULL; |
| 6966 | } |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 | // |
| 6969 | // Remember the object for this module for |
| 6970 | // possible later use. |
| 6971 | // The m_mdImports list does get cleaned up by calls to ClrDataAccess::Flush, |
| 6972 | // i.e. every time the process changes state. |
| 6973 | |
| 6974 | if (m_mdImports.Add(peFileAddr, mdImport, isAlternate) == NULL) |
| 6975 | { |
| 6976 | mdImport->Release(); |
| 6977 | DacError(E_OUTOFMEMORY); |
| 6978 | } |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 | return mdImport; |
| 6981 | } |
| 6982 | |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 | // |
| 6985 | // Set whether inconsistencies in the target should raise asserts. |
| 6986 | // This overrides the default initial setting. |
| 6987 | // |
| 6988 | // Arguments: |
| 6989 | // fEnableAsserts - whether ASSERTs in dacized code should be enabled |
| 6990 | // |
| 6991 | |
| 6992 | void ClrDataAccess::SetTargetConsistencyChecks(bool fEnableAsserts) |
| 6993 | { |
| 6994 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 6995 | m_fEnableTargetConsistencyAsserts = fEnableAsserts; |
| 6996 | } |
| 6997 | |
| 6998 | // |
| 6999 | // Get whether inconsistencies in the target should raise asserts. |
| 7000 | // |
| 7001 | // Return value: |
| 7002 | // whether ASSERTs in dacized code should be enabled |
| 7003 | // |
| 7004 | // Notes: |
| 7005 | // The implementation of ASSERT accesses this via code:DacTargetConsistencyAssertsEnabled |
| 7006 | // |
| 7007 | // By default, this is disabled, unless COMPlus_DbgDACEnableAssert is set (see code:ClrDataAccess::ClrDataAccess). |
| 7008 | // This is necessary for compatibility. For example, SOS expects to be able to scan for |
| 7009 | // valid MethodTables etc. (which may cause ASSERTs), and also doesn't want ASSERTs when working |
| 7010 | // with targets with corrupted memory. |
| 7011 | // |
| 7012 | // Calling code:ClrDataAccess::SetTargetConsistencyChecks overrides the default setting. |
| 7013 | // |
| 7014 | bool ClrDataAccess::TargetConsistencyAssertsEnabled() |
| 7015 | { |
| 7016 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
| 7017 | return m_fEnableTargetConsistencyAsserts; |
| 7018 | } |
| 7019 | |
| 7020 | #ifdef FEATURE_CORESYSTEM |
| 7021 | #define ctime_s _ctime32_s |
| 7022 | #define time_t __time32_t |
| 7023 | #endif |
| 7024 | |
| 7025 | // |
| 7026 | // VerifyDlls - Validate that the mscorwks in the target matches this version of mscordacwks |
| 7027 | // Only done on Windows and Mac builds at the moment. |
| 7028 | // See code:CordbProcess::CordbProcess#DBIVersionChecking for more information regarding version checking. |
| 7029 | // |
| 7030 | HRESULT ClrDataAccess::VerifyDlls() |
| 7031 | { |
| 7032 | #ifndef FEATURE_PAL |
| 7033 | // Provide a knob for disabling this check if we really want to try and proceed anyway with a |
| 7034 | // DAC mismatch. DAC behavior may be arbitrarily bad - globals probably won't be at the same |
| 7035 | // address, data structures may be laid out differently, etc. |
| 7036 | if (CLRConfig::GetConfigValue(CLRConfig::INTERNAL_DbgDACSkipVerifyDlls)) |
| 7037 | { |
| 7038 | return S_OK; |
| 7039 | } |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | // Read the debug directory timestamp from the target mscorwks image using DAC |
| 7042 | // Note that we don't use the PE timestamp because the PE file might be changed in ways |
| 7043 | // that don't effect the PDB (and therefore don't effect DAC). Specifically, we rebase |
| 7044 | // our DLLs at the end of a build, that changes the PE file, but not the PDB. |
| 7045 | // Note that if we wanted to be extra careful, we could read the CV contents (which includes |
| 7046 | // the GUID signature) and verify it matches. Using the timestamp is useful for helpful error |
| 7047 | // messages, and should be sufficient in any real scenario. |
| 7048 | DWORD timestamp = 0; |
| 7049 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
| 7050 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 7051 | EX_TRY |
| 7052 | { |
| 7053 | // Note that we don't need to worry about ensuring the image memory read by this code |
| 7054 | // is saved in a minidump. Managed minidump debugging already requires that you have |
| 7055 | // the full mscorwks.dll available at debug time (eg. windbg won't even load DAC without it). |
| 7056 | PEDecoder pedecoder(dac_cast<PTR_VOID>(m_globalBase)); |
| 7057 | |
| 7058 | // We use the first codeview debug directory entry since this should always refer to the single |
| 7059 | // PDB for mscorwks.dll. |
| 7060 | const UINT k_maxDebugEntries = 32; // a reasonable upper limit in case of corruption |
| 7061 | for( UINT i = 0; i < k_maxDebugEntries; i++) |
| 7062 | { |
| 7063 | PTR_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY pDebugEntry = pedecoder.GetDebugDirectoryEntry(i); |
| 7064 | |
| 7065 | // If there are no more entries, then stop |
| 7066 | if (pDebugEntry == NULL) |
| 7067 | break; |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 | // Ignore non-codeview entries. Some scenarios (eg. optimized builds), there may be extra |
| 7070 | // debug directory entries at the end of some other type. |
| 7071 | if (pDebugEntry->Type == IMAGE_DEBUG_TYPE_CODEVIEW) |
| 7072 | { |
| 7073 | // Found a codeview entry - use it's timestamp for comparison |
| 7074 | timestamp = pDebugEntry->TimeDateStamp; |
| 7075 | break; |
| 7076 | } |
| 7077 | } |
| 7078 | char szMsgBuf[1024]; |
| 7079 | _snprintf_s(szMsgBuf, sizeof(szMsgBuf), _TRUNCATE, |
| 7080 | "Failed to find any valid codeview debug directory entry in %s image" , |
| 7081 | MAIN_CLR_MODULE_NAME_A); |
| 7082 | _ASSERTE_MSG(timestamp != 0, szMsgBuf); |
| 7083 | } |
| 7084 | EX_CATCH |
| 7085 | { |
| 7086 | if (!DacExceptionFilter(GET_EXCEPTION(), this, &hr)) |
| 7087 | { |
| 7088 | EX_RETHROW; |
| 7089 | } |
| 7090 | } |
| 7091 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 7092 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 7093 | if (FAILED(hr)) |
| 7094 | { |
| 7095 | return hr; |
| 7096 | } |
| 7097 | |
| 7098 | // Validate that we got a timestamp and it matches what the DAC table told us to expect |
| 7099 | if (timestamp == 0 || timestamp != g_dacTableInfo.dwID0) |
| 7100 | { |
| 7101 | // Timestamp mismatch. This means mscordacwks is being used with a version of |
| 7102 | // mscorwks other than the one it was built for. This will not work reliably. |
| 7103 | |
| 7104 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 7105 | // Check if verbose asserts are enabled. The default is up to the specific instantiation of |
| 7106 | // ClrDataAccess, but can be overridden (in either direction) by a COMPlus_ knob. |
| 7107 | // Note that we check this knob every time because it may be handy to turn it on in |
| 7108 | // the environment mid-flight. |
| 7109 | DWORD dwAssertDefault = m_fEnableDllVerificationAsserts ? 1 : 0; |
| 7110 | if (REGUTIL::GetConfigDWORD_DontUse_(CLRConfig::INTERNAL_DbgDACAssertOnMismatch, dwAssertDefault)) |
| 7111 | { |
| 7112 | // Output a nice error message that contains the timestamps in string format. |
| 7113 | time_t actualTime = timestamp; |
| 7114 | char szActualTime[30]; |
| 7115 | ctime_s(szActualTime, sizeof(szActualTime), &actualTime); |
| 7116 | |
| 7117 | time_t expectedTime = g_dacTableInfo.dwID0; |
| 7118 | char szExpectedTime[30]; |
| 7119 | ctime_s(szExpectedTime, sizeof(szExpectedTime), &expectedTime); |
| 7120 | |
| 7121 | // Create a nice detailed message for the assert dialog. |
| 7122 | // Note that the strings returned by ctime_s have terminating newline characters. |
| 7123 | // This is technically a TARGET_CONSISTENCY_CHECK because a corrupt target could, |
| 7124 | // in-theory, have a corrupt mscrowks PE header and cause this check to fail |
| 7125 | // unnecessarily. However, this check occurs during startup, before we know |
| 7126 | // whether target consistency checks should be enabled, so it's always enabled |
| 7127 | // at the moment. |
| 7128 | |
| 7129 | char szMsgBuf[1024]; |
| 7130 | _snprintf_s(szMsgBuf, sizeof(szMsgBuf), _TRUNCATE, |
| 7131 | "DAC fatal error: %s/mscordacwks.dll version mismatch\n\n" \ |
| 7132 | "The debug directory timestamp of the loaded %s does not match the\n" \ |
| 7133 | "version mscordacwks.dll was built for.\n" \ |
| 7134 | "Expected %s timestamp: %s" \ |
| 7135 | "Actual %s timestamp: %s\n" \ |
| 7136 | "DAC will now fail to initialize with a CORDBG_E_MISMATCHED_CORWKS_AND_DACWKS_DLLS\n" \ |
| 7137 | "error. If you really want to try and use the mimatched DLLs, you can disable this\n" \ |
| 7138 | "check by setting COMPlus_DbgDACSkipVerifyDlls=1. However, using a mismatched DAC\n" \ |
| 7139 | "DLL will usually result in arbitrary debugger failures.\n" , |
| 7140 | MAIN_CLR_DLL_NAME_A, |
| 7141 | MAIN_CLR_DLL_NAME_A, |
| 7142 | MAIN_CLR_DLL_NAME_A, |
| 7143 | szExpectedTime, |
| 7144 | MAIN_CLR_DLL_NAME_A, |
| 7145 | szActualTime); |
| 7146 | _ASSERTE_MSG(false, szMsgBuf); |
| 7147 | } |
| 7148 | #endif |
| 7149 | |
| 7150 | // Return a specific hresult indicating this problem |
| 7151 | return CORDBG_E_MISMATCHED_CORWKS_AND_DACWKS_DLLS; |
| 7152 | } |
| 7153 | #endif // FEATURE_PAL |
| 7154 | |
| 7155 | return S_OK; |
| 7156 | } |
| 7157 | |
| 7158 | #ifdef FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 | void ClrDataAccess::InitStreamsForWriting(IN CLRDataEnumMemoryFlags flags) |
| 7161 | { |
| 7162 | // enforce this should only be called when generating triage and mini-dumps |
| 7163 | if (flags != CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_MINI && flags != CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_TRIAGE) |
| 7164 | return; |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 | EX_TRY |
| 7167 | { |
| 7168 | if (m_streams == NULL) |
| 7169 | m_streams = new DacStreamManager(g_MiniMetaDataBuffAddress, g_MiniMetaDataBuffMaxSize); |
| 7170 | |
| 7171 | if (!m_streams->PrepareStreamsForWriting()) |
| 7172 | { |
| 7173 | delete m_streams; |
| 7174 | m_streams = NULL; |
| 7175 | } |
| 7176 | } |
| 7177 | EX_CATCH |
| 7178 | { |
| 7179 | if (m_streams != NULL) |
| 7180 | { |
| 7181 | delete m_streams; |
| 7182 | m_streams = NULL; |
| 7183 | } |
| 7184 | } |
| 7185 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 7186 | } |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 | bool ClrDataAccess::MdCacheAddEEName(TADDR taEEStruct, const SString& name) |
| 7189 | { |
| 7190 | bool result = false; |
| 7191 | EX_TRY |
| 7192 | { |
| 7193 | if (m_streams != NULL) |
| 7194 | result = m_streams->MdCacheAddEEName(taEEStruct, name); |
| 7195 | } |
| 7196 | EX_CATCH |
| 7197 | { |
| 7198 | result = false; |
| 7199 | } |
| 7200 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 7201 | |
| 7202 | return result; |
| 7203 | } |
| 7204 | |
| 7205 | void ClrDataAccess::EnumStreams(IN CLRDataEnumMemoryFlags flags) |
| 7206 | { |
| 7207 | // enforce this should only be called when generating triage and mini-dumps |
| 7208 | if (flags != CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_MINI && flags != CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_TRIAGE) |
| 7209 | return; |
| 7210 | |
| 7211 | EX_TRY |
| 7212 | { |
| 7213 | if (m_streams != NULL) |
| 7214 | m_streams->EnumStreams(flags); |
| 7215 | } |
| 7216 | EX_CATCH |
| 7217 | { |
| 7218 | } |
| 7219 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 7220 | } |
| 7221 | |
| 7222 | bool ClrDataAccess::MdCacheGetEEName(TADDR taEEStruct, SString & eeName) |
| 7223 | { |
| 7224 | bool result = false; |
| 7225 | EX_TRY |
| 7226 | { |
| 7227 | if (m_streams == NULL) |
| 7228 | m_streams = new DacStreamManager(g_MiniMetaDataBuffAddress, g_MiniMetaDataBuffMaxSize); |
| 7229 | |
| 7230 | result = m_streams->MdCacheGetEEName(taEEStruct, eeName); |
| 7231 | } |
| 7232 | EX_CATCH |
| 7233 | { |
| 7234 | result = false; |
| 7235 | } |
| 7236 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 | return result; |
| 7239 | } |
| 7240 | |
| 7241 | #endif // FEATURE_MINIMETADATA_IN_TRIAGEDUMPS |
| 7242 | |
| 7243 | // Needed for RT_RCDATA. |
| 7244 | #define MAKEINTRESOURCE(v) MAKEINTRESOURCEW(v) |
| 7245 | |
| 7246 | // this funny looking double macro forces x to be macro expanded before L is prepended |
| 7247 | #define _WIDE(x) _WIDE2(x) |
| 7248 | #define _WIDE2(x) W(x) |
| 7249 | |
| 7250 | HRESULT |
| 7251 | ClrDataAccess::GetDacGlobals() |
| 7252 | { |
| 7253 | #ifdef FEATURE_PAL |
| 7254 | #ifdef DAC_TABLE_SIZE |
| 7255 | if (DAC_TABLE_SIZE != sizeof(g_dacGlobals)) |
| 7256 | { |
| 7257 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 7258 | } |
| 7259 | #endif |
| 7260 | ULONG64 dacTableAddress = m_globalBase + DAC_TABLE_RVA; |
| 7261 | if (FAILED(ReadFromDataTarget(m_pTarget, dacTableAddress, (BYTE*)&g_dacGlobals, sizeof(g_dacGlobals)))) |
| 7262 | { |
| 7263 | return CORDBG_E_MISSING_DEBUGGER_EXPORTS; |
| 7264 | } |
| 7265 | if (g_dacGlobals.ThreadStore__s_pThreadStore == NULL) |
| 7266 | { |
| 7267 | return CORDBG_E_UNSUPPORTED; |
| 7268 | } |
| 7269 | return S_OK; |
| 7270 | #else |
| 7271 | HRESULT status = E_FAIL; |
| 7272 | DWORD rsrcRVA = 0; |
| 7273 | LPVOID rsrcData = NULL; |
| 7274 | DWORD rsrcSize = 0; |
| 7275 | |
| 7276 | DWORD resourceSectionRVA = 0; |
| 7277 | |
| 7278 | if (FAILED(status = GetMachineAndResourceSectionRVA(m_pTarget, m_globalBase, NULL, &resourceSectionRVA))) |
| 7279 | { |
| 7280 | _ASSERTE_MSG(false, "DAC fatal error: can't locate resource section in " MAIN_CLR_DLL_NAME_A); |
| 7281 | return CORDBG_E_MISSING_DEBUGGER_EXPORTS; |
| 7282 | } |
| 7283 | |
| 7284 | if (FAILED(status = GetResourceRvaFromResourceSectionRvaByName(m_pTarget, m_globalBase, |
| 7285 | resourceSectionRVA, (DWORD)RT_RCDATA, _WIDE(DACCESS_TABLE_RESOURCE), 0, |
| 7286 | &rsrcRVA, &rsrcSize))) |
| 7287 | { |
| 7288 | _ASSERTE_MSG(false, "DAC fatal error: can't locate DAC table resource in " MAIN_CLR_DLL_NAME_A); |
| 7289 | return CORDBG_E_MISSING_DEBUGGER_EXPORTS; |
| 7290 | } |
| 7291 | |
| 7292 | rsrcData = new (nothrow) BYTE[rsrcSize]; |
| 7293 | if (rsrcData == NULL) |
| 7294 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 7295 | |
| 7296 | if (FAILED(status = ReadFromDataTarget(m_pTarget, m_globalBase + rsrcRVA, (BYTE*)rsrcData, rsrcSize))) |
| 7297 | { |
| 7298 | _ASSERTE_MSG(false, "DAC fatal error: can't load DAC table resource from " MAIN_CLR_DLL_NAME_A); |
| 7299 | return CORDBG_E_MISSING_DEBUGGER_EXPORTS; |
| 7300 | } |
| 7301 | |
| 7302 | |
| 7303 | PBYTE rawData = (PBYTE)rsrcData; |
| 7304 | DWORD bytesLeft = rsrcSize; |
| 7305 | |
| 7306 | // Read the header |
| 7307 | struct DacTableHeader header; |
| 7308 | |
| 7309 | // We currently expect the header to be 2 32-bit values and 1 16-byte value, |
| 7310 | // make sure there is no packing going on or anything. |
| 7311 | static_assert_no_msg(sizeof(DacTableHeader) == 2 * 4 + 16); |
| 7312 | |
| 7313 | if (bytesLeft < sizeof(DacTableHeader)) |
| 7314 | { |
| 7315 | _ASSERTE_MSG(false, "DAC fatal error: DAC table too small for header." ); |
| 7316 | goto Exit; |
| 7317 | } |
| 7318 | memcpy(&header, rawData, sizeof(DacTableHeader)); |
| 7319 | rawData += sizeof(DacTableHeader); |
| 7320 | bytesLeft -= sizeof(DacTableHeader); |
| 7321 | |
| 7322 | // Save the table info for later use |
| 7323 | g_dacTableInfo = header.info; |
| 7324 | |
| 7325 | // Sanity check that the DAC table is the size we expect. |
| 7326 | // This could fail if a different version of dacvars.h or vptr_list.h was used when building |
| 7327 | // mscordacwks.dll than when running DacTableGen. |
| 7328 | |
| 7329 | if (offsetof(DacGlobals, Thread__vtAddr) != header.numGlobals * sizeof(ULONG)) |
| 7330 | { |
| 7331 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 7332 | char szMsgBuf[1024]; |
| 7333 | _snprintf_s(szMsgBuf, sizeof(szMsgBuf), _TRUNCATE, |
| 7334 | "DAC fatal error: mismatch in number of globals in DAC table. Read from file: %d, expected: %d." , |
| 7335 | header.numGlobals, |
| 7336 | offsetof(DacGlobals, Thread__vtAddr) / sizeof(ULONG)); |
| 7337 | _ASSERTE_MSG(false, szMsgBuf); |
| 7338 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 7339 | |
| 7340 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 7341 | goto Exit; |
| 7342 | } |
| 7343 | |
| 7344 | if (sizeof(DacGlobals) != (header.numGlobals + header.numVptrs) * sizeof(ULONG)) |
| 7345 | { |
| 7346 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
| 7347 | char szMsgBuf[1024]; |
| 7348 | _snprintf_s(szMsgBuf, sizeof(szMsgBuf), _TRUNCATE, |
| 7349 | "DAC fatal error: mismatch in number of vptrs in DAC table. Read from file: %d, expected: %d." , |
| 7350 | header.numVptrs, |
| 7351 | (sizeof(DacGlobals) - offsetof(DacGlobals, Thread__vtAddr)) / sizeof(ULONG)); |
| 7352 | _ASSERTE_MSG(false, szMsgBuf); |
| 7353 | #endif // _DEBUG |
| 7354 | |
| 7355 | status = E_INVALIDARG; |
| 7356 | goto Exit; |
| 7357 | } |
| 7358 | |
| 7359 | // Copy the DAC table into g_dacGlobals |
| 7360 | if (bytesLeft < sizeof(DacGlobals)) |
| 7361 | { |
| 7362 | _ASSERTE_MSG(false, "DAC fatal error: DAC table resource too small for DacGlobals." ); |
| 7363 | status = E_UNEXPECTED; |
| 7364 | goto Exit; |
| 7365 | } |
| 7366 | memcpy(&g_dacGlobals, rawData, sizeof(DacGlobals)); |
| 7367 | rawData += sizeof(DacGlobals); |
| 7368 | bytesLeft -= sizeof(DacGlobals); |
| 7369 | |
| 7370 | status = S_OK; |
| 7371 | |
| 7372 | Exit: |
| 7373 | |
| 7374 | return status; |
| 7375 | #endif |
| 7376 | } |
| 7377 | |
| 7378 | #undef MAKEINTRESOURCE |
| 7379 | |
| 7380 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7381 | // |
| 7382 | // IsExceptionFromManagedCode - report if pExceptionRecord points to an exception belonging to the current runtime |
| 7383 | // |
| 7384 | // Arguments: |
| 7385 | // pExceptionRecord - the exception record |
| 7386 | // |
| 7387 | // Return Value: |
| 7388 | // TRUE if it is |
| 7389 | // Otherwise, FALSE |
| 7390 | // |
| 7391 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7392 | BOOL ClrDataAccess::IsExceptionFromManagedCode(EXCEPTION_RECORD* pExceptionRecord) |
| 7393 | { |
| 7394 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 7395 | |
| 7396 | BOOL flag = FALSE; |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 | if (::IsExceptionFromManagedCode(pExceptionRecord)) |
| 7399 | { |
| 7400 | flag = TRUE; |
| 7401 | } |
| 7402 | |
| 7403 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 7404 | |
| 7405 | return flag; |
| 7406 | } |
| 7407 | |
| 7408 | #ifndef FEATURE_PAL |
| 7409 | |
| 7410 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7411 | // |
| 7412 | // GetWatsonBuckets - retrieve Watson buckets from the specified thread |
| 7413 | // |
| 7414 | // Arguments: |
| 7415 | // dwThreadId - the thread ID |
| 7416 | // pGM - pointer to the space to store retrieved Watson buckets |
| 7417 | // |
| 7418 | // Return Value: |
| 7419 | // S_OK if the operation is successful. |
| 7420 | // or S_FALSE if Watson buckets cannot be found |
| 7421 | // else detailed error code. |
| 7422 | // |
| 7423 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7424 | HRESULT ClrDataAccess::GetWatsonBuckets(DWORD dwThreadId, GenericModeBlock * pGM) |
| 7425 | { |
| 7426 | _ASSERTE((dwThreadId != 0) && (pGM != NULL)); |
| 7427 | if ((dwThreadId == 0) || (pGM == NULL)) |
| 7428 | { |
| 7429 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 7430 | } |
| 7431 | |
| 7432 | DAC_ENTER(); |
| 7433 | |
| 7434 | Thread * pThread = DacGetThread(dwThreadId); |
| 7435 | _ASSERTE(pThread != NULL); |
| 7436 | |
| 7437 | HRESULT hr = E_UNEXPECTED; |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | if (pThread != NULL) |
| 7440 | { |
| 7441 | hr = GetClrWatsonBucketsWorker(pThread, pGM); |
| 7442 | } |
| 7443 | |
| 7444 | DAC_LEAVE(); |
| 7445 | return hr; |
| 7446 | } |
| 7447 | |
| 7448 | #endif // FEATURE_PAL |
| 7449 | |
| 7450 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7451 | // |
| 7452 | // CLRDataAccessCreateInstance - create and initialize a ClrDataAccess object |
| 7453 | // |
| 7454 | // Arguments: |
| 7455 | // pLegacyTarget - data target object |
| 7456 | // pClrDataAccess - ClrDataAccess object |
| 7457 | // |
| 7458 | // Return Value: |
| 7459 | // S_OK on success, else detailed error code. |
| 7460 | // |
| 7461 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7462 | STDAPI CLRDataAccessCreateInstance(ICLRDataTarget * pLegacyTarget, |
| 7463 | ClrDataAccess ** pClrDataAccess) |
| 7464 | { |
| 7465 | if ((pLegacyTarget == NULL) || (pClrDataAccess == NULL)) |
| 7466 | { |
| 7467 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 7468 | } |
| 7469 | |
| 7470 | *pClrDataAccess = NULL; |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 | // Create an adapter which implements the new ICorDebugDataTarget interfaces using |
| 7473 | // a legacy implementation of ICLRDataTarget |
| 7474 | // ClrDataAccess will take a take a ref on this and delete it when it's released. |
| 7475 | DataTargetAdapter * pDtAdapter = new (nothrow) DataTargetAdapter(pLegacyTarget); |
| 7476 | if (!pDtAdapter) |
| 7477 | { |
| 7478 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 7479 | } |
| 7480 | |
| 7481 | ClrDataAccess* dacClass = new (nothrow) ClrDataAccess(pDtAdapter, pLegacyTarget); |
| 7482 | if (!dacClass) |
| 7483 | { |
| 7484 | delete pDtAdapter; |
| 7485 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 7486 | } |
| 7487 | |
| 7488 | HRESULT hr = dacClass->Initialize(); |
| 7489 | if (FAILED(hr)) |
| 7490 | { |
| 7491 | dacClass->Release(); |
| 7492 | return hr; |
| 7493 | } |
| 7494 | |
| 7495 | *pClrDataAccess = dacClass; |
| 7496 | return S_OK; |
| 7497 | } |
| 7498 | |
| 7499 | |
| 7500 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7501 | // |
| 7502 | // CLRDataCreateInstance. |
| 7503 | // Creates the IXClrData object |
| 7504 | // This is the legacy entrypoint to DAC, used by dbgeng/dbghelp (windbg, SOS, watson, etc). |
| 7505 | // |
| 7506 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7507 | #ifdef __llvm__ |
| 7508 | __attribute__((used)) |
| 7509 | #endif // __llvm__ |
| 7510 | STDAPI |
| 7511 | CLRDataCreateInstance(REFIID iid, |
| 7512 | ICLRDataTarget * pLegacyTarget, |
| 7513 | void ** iface) |
| 7514 | { |
| 7515 | if ((pLegacyTarget == NULL) || (iface == NULL)) |
| 7516 | { |
| 7517 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 7518 | } |
| 7519 | |
| 7520 | *iface = NULL; |
| 7521 | ClrDataAccess * pClrDataAccess; |
| 7522 | HRESULT hr = CLRDataAccessCreateInstance(pLegacyTarget, &pClrDataAccess); |
| 7523 | if (hr != S_OK) |
| 7524 | { |
| 7525 | return hr; |
| 7526 | } |
| 7527 | |
| 7528 | hr = pClrDataAccess->QueryInterface(iid, iface); |
| 7529 | |
| 7530 | pClrDataAccess->Release(); |
| 7531 | return hr; |
| 7532 | } |
| 7533 | |
| 7534 | |
| 7535 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7536 | // |
| 7537 | // OutOfProcessExceptionEventGetProcessIdAndThreadId - get ProcessID and ThreadID |
| 7538 | // |
| 7539 | // Arguments: |
| 7540 | // hProcess - process handle |
| 7541 | // hThread - thread handle |
| 7542 | // pPId - pointer to DWORD to store ProcessID |
| 7543 | // pThreadId - pointer to DWORD to store ThreadID |
| 7544 | // |
| 7545 | // Return Value: |
| 7546 | // TRUE if the operation is successful. |
| 7547 | // FALSE if it fails |
| 7548 | // |
| 7549 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7550 | BOOL OutOfProcessExceptionEventGetProcessIdAndThreadId(HANDLE hProcess, HANDLE hThread, DWORD * pPId, DWORD * pThreadId) |
| 7551 | { |
| 7552 | _ASSERTE((pPId != NULL) && (pThreadId != NULL)); |
| 7553 | |
| 7554 | #ifdef FEATURE_PAL |
| 7555 | // UNIXTODO: mikem 1/13/15 Need appropriate PAL functions for getting ids |
| 7556 | *pPId = (DWORD)hProcess; |
| 7557 | *pThreadId = (DWORD)hThread; |
| 7558 | #else |
| 7559 | #if !defined(FEATURE_CORESYSTEM) |
| 7560 | HMODULE hKernel32 = WszGetModuleHandle(W("kernel32.dll" )); |
| 7561 | #else |
| 7562 | HMODULE hKernel32 = WszGetModuleHandle(W("api-ms-win-core-processthreads-l1-1-1.dll" )); |
| 7563 | #endif |
| 7564 | if (hKernel32 == NULL) |
| 7565 | { |
| 7566 | return FALSE; |
| 7567 | } |
| 7568 | |
| 7569 | typedef WINBASEAPI DWORD (WINAPI GET_PROCESSID_OF_THREAD)(HANDLE); |
| 7570 | GET_PROCESSID_OF_THREAD * pGetProcessIdOfThread; |
| 7571 | |
| 7572 | typedef WINBASEAPI DWORD (WINAPI GET_THREADID)(HANDLE); |
| 7573 | GET_THREADID * pGetThreadId; |
| 7574 | |
| 7575 | pGetProcessIdOfThread = (GET_PROCESSID_OF_THREAD *)GetProcAddress(hKernel32, "GetProcessIdOfThread" ); |
| 7576 | pGetThreadId = (GET_THREADID *)GetProcAddress(hKernel32, "GetThreadId" ); |
| 7577 | |
| 7578 | // OOP callbacks are used on Win7 or later. We should have having below two APIs available. |
| 7579 | _ASSERTE((pGetProcessIdOfThread != NULL) && (pGetThreadId != NULL)); |
| 7580 | if ((pGetProcessIdOfThread == NULL) || (pGetThreadId == NULL)) |
| 7581 | { |
| 7582 | return FALSE; |
| 7583 | } |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 | *pPId = (*pGetProcessIdOfThread)(hThread); |
| 7586 | *pThreadId = (*pGetThreadId)(hThread); |
| 7587 | #endif // FEATURE_PAL |
| 7588 | return TRUE; |
| 7589 | } |
| 7590 | |
| 7591 | // WER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION will be available from Win7 SDK once Win7 SDK is released. |
| 7592 | #if !defined(WER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION) |
| 7593 | typedef struct _WER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION |
| 7594 | { |
| 7595 | DWORD dwSize; |
| 7596 | HANDLE hProcess; |
| 7597 | HANDLE hThread; |
| 7598 | EXCEPTION_RECORD exceptionRecord; |
| 7599 | CONTEXT context; |
| 7600 | } WER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION, * PWER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION; |
| 7601 | #endif // !defined(WER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION) |
| 7602 | |
| 7603 | |
| 7604 | #ifndef FEATURE_PAL |
| 7605 | |
| 7606 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7607 | // |
| 7608 | // OutOfProcessExceptionEventGetWatsonBucket - retrieve Watson buckets if it is a managed exception |
| 7609 | // |
| 7610 | // Arguments: |
| 7611 | // pContext - the context passed at helper module registration |
| 7612 | // pExceptionInformation - structure that contains information about the crash |
| 7613 | // pGM - pointer to the space to store retrieved Watson buckets |
| 7614 | // |
| 7615 | // Return Value: |
| 7616 | // S_OK if the operation is successful. |
| 7617 | // or S_FALSE if it is not a managed exception or Watson buckets cannot be found |
| 7618 | // else detailed error code. |
| 7619 | // |
| 7620 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7621 | STDAPI OutOfProcessExceptionEventGetWatsonBucket(__in PDWORD pContext, |
| 7622 | __in const PWER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION pExceptionInformation, |
| 7623 | __out GenericModeBlock * pGMB) |
| 7624 | { |
| 7625 | HANDLE hProcess = pExceptionInformation->hProcess; |
| 7626 | HANDLE hThread = pExceptionInformation->hThread; |
| 7627 | DWORD PId, ThreadId; |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 | if (!OutOfProcessExceptionEventGetProcessIdAndThreadId(hProcess, hThread, &PId, &ThreadId)) |
| 7630 | { |
| 7631 | return E_FAIL; |
| 7632 | } |
| 7633 | |
| 7634 | CLRDATA_ADDRESS baseAddressOfRuntime = (CLRDATA_ADDRESS)pContext; |
| 7635 | NewHolder<LiveProcDataTarget> dataTarget(NULL); |
| 7636 | |
| 7637 | dataTarget = new (nothrow) LiveProcDataTarget(hProcess, PId, baseAddressOfRuntime); |
| 7638 | if (dataTarget == NULL) |
| 7639 | { |
| 7640 | return E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 7641 | } |
| 7642 | |
| 7643 | NewHolder<ClrDataAccess> pClrDataAccess(NULL); |
| 7644 | |
| 7645 | HRESULT hr = CLRDataAccessCreateInstance(dataTarget, &pClrDataAccess); |
| 7646 | if (hr != S_OK) |
| 7647 | { |
| 7648 | if (hr == S_FALSE) |
| 7649 | { |
| 7650 | return E_FAIL; |
| 7651 | } |
| 7652 | else |
| 7653 | { |
| 7654 | return hr; |
| 7655 | } |
| 7656 | } |
| 7657 | |
| 7658 | if (!pClrDataAccess->IsExceptionFromManagedCode(&pExceptionInformation->exceptionRecord)) |
| 7659 | { |
| 7660 | return S_FALSE; |
| 7661 | } |
| 7662 | |
| 7663 | return pClrDataAccess->GetWatsonBuckets(ThreadId, pGMB); |
| 7664 | } |
| 7665 | |
| 7666 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7667 | // |
| 7668 | // OutOfProcessExceptionEventCallback - claim the ownership of this event if current |
| 7669 | // runtime threw the unhandled exception |
| 7670 | // |
| 7671 | // Arguments: |
| 7672 | // pContext - the context passed at helper module registration |
| 7673 | // pExceptionInformation - structure that contains information about the crash |
| 7674 | // pbOwnershipClaimed - output parameter for claiming the ownership of this event |
| 7675 | // pwszEventName - name of the event. If this is NULL, pchSize cannot be NULL. |
| 7676 | // This parameter is valid only if * pbOwnershipClaimed is TRUE. |
| 7677 | // pchSize - the size of the buffer pointed by pwszEventName |
| 7678 | // pdwSignatureCount - the count of signature parameters. Valid values range from |
| 7679 | // 0 to 10. If the value returned is greater than 10, only the |
| 7680 | // 1st 10 parameters are used for bucketing parameters. This |
| 7681 | // parameter is valid only if * pbOwnershipClaimed is TRUE. |
| 7682 | // |
| 7683 | // Return Value: |
| 7684 | // S_OK on success, else detailed error code. |
| 7685 | // |
| 7686 | // Note: |
| 7687 | // This is the 1st function that is called into by WER. This API through its out |
| 7688 | // parameters, tells WER as to whether or not it is claiming the crash. If it does |
| 7689 | // claim the crash, WER uses the event name specified in the string pointed to by |
| 7690 | // pwszEventName for error reporting. WER then proceed to call the |
| 7691 | // OutOfProcessExceptionEventSignatureCallback to get the bucketing parameters from |
| 7692 | // the helper dll. |
| 7693 | // |
| 7694 | // This function follows the multiple call paradigms. WER may call into this function |
| 7695 | // with *pwszEventName pointer set to NULL. This is to indicate to the function, that |
| 7696 | // WER wants to know the buffer size needed by the function to populate the string |
| 7697 | // into the buffer. The function should return E_INSUFFICIENTBUFFER with the needed |
| 7698 | // buffer size in *pchSize. WER shall then allocate a buffer of size *pchSize for |
| 7699 | // pwszEventName and then call this function again at which point the function should |
| 7700 | // populate the string and return S_OK. |
| 7701 | // |
| 7702 | // Note that *pdOwnershipClaimed should be set to TRUE everytime this function is called |
| 7703 | // for the helper dll to claim ownership of bucketing. |
| 7704 | // |
| 7705 | // The Win7 WER spec is at |
| 7706 | // http://windows/windows7/docs/COSD%20Documents/Fundamentals/Feedback%20Services%20and%20Platforms/WER-CLR%20Integration%20Dev%20Spec.docx |
| 7707 | // |
| 7708 | // !!!READ THIS!!! |
| 7709 | // Since this is called by external modules it's important that we don't let any exceptions leak out (see Win8 95224). |
| 7710 | // |
| 7711 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7712 | STDAPI OutOfProcessExceptionEventCallback(__in PDWORD pContext, |
| 7713 | __in const PWER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION pExceptionInformation, |
| 7714 | __out BOOL * pbOwnershipClaimed, |
| 7715 | __out_ecount(*pchSize) PWSTR pwszEventName, |
| 7716 | __inout PDWORD pchSize, |
| 7717 | __out PDWORD pdwSignatureCount) |
| 7718 | { |
| 7719 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 7720 | |
| 7721 | if ((pContext == NULL) || |
| 7722 | (pExceptionInformation == NULL) || |
| 7723 | (pExceptionInformation->dwSize < sizeof(WER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION)) || |
| 7724 | (pbOwnershipClaimed == NULL) || |
| 7725 | (pchSize == NULL) || |
| 7726 | (pdwSignatureCount == NULL)) |
| 7727 | { |
| 7728 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 7729 | } |
| 7730 | |
| 7731 | *pbOwnershipClaimed = FALSE; |
| 7732 | |
| 7733 | GenericModeBlock gmb; |
| 7734 | HRESULT hr = E_FAIL; |
| 7735 | |
| 7736 | EX_TRY |
| 7737 | { |
| 7738 | // get Watson buckets if it is a managed exception |
| 7739 | hr = OutOfProcessExceptionEventGetWatsonBucket(pContext, pExceptionInformation, &gmb); |
| 7740 | } |
| 7741 | EX_CATCH_HRESULT(hr); |
| 7742 | |
| 7743 | if (hr != S_OK) |
| 7744 | { |
| 7745 | // S_FALSE means either it is not a managed exception or we do not have Watson buckets. |
| 7746 | // Since we have set pbOwnershipClaimed to FALSE, we return S_OK to WER. |
| 7747 | if (hr == S_FALSE) |
| 7748 | { |
| 7749 | hr = S_OK; |
| 7750 | } |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 | return hr; |
| 7753 | } |
| 7754 | |
| 7755 | if ((pwszEventName == NULL) || (*pchSize <= wcslen(gmb.wzEventTypeName))) |
| 7756 | { |
| 7757 | *pchSize = static_cast<DWORD>(wcslen(gmb.wzEventTypeName)) + 1; |
| 7758 | return HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER); |
| 7759 | } |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 | // copy custom event name |
| 7762 | wcscpy_s(pwszEventName, *pchSize, gmb.wzEventTypeName); |
| 7763 | *pdwSignatureCount = GetCountBucketParamsForEvent(gmb.wzEventTypeName); |
| 7764 | *pbOwnershipClaimed = TRUE; |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 | return S_OK; |
| 7767 | } |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 | |
| 7770 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7771 | // |
| 7772 | // OutOfProcessExceptionEventCallback - provide custom Watson buckets |
| 7773 | // |
| 7774 | // Arguments: |
| 7775 | // pContext - the context passed at helper module registration |
| 7776 | // pExceptionInformation - structure that contains information about the crash |
| 7777 | // dwIndex - the index of the bucketing parameter being requested. Valid values are |
| 7778 | // from 0 to 9 |
| 7779 | // pwszName - pointer to the name of the bucketing parameter |
| 7780 | // pchName - pointer to character count of the pwszName buffer. If pwszName points to |
| 7781 | // null, *pchName represents the buffer size (represented in number of characters) |
| 7782 | // needed to populate the name in pwszName. |
| 7783 | // pwszValue - pointer to the value of the pwszName bucketing parameter |
| 7784 | // pchValue - pointer to the character count of the pwszValue buffer. If pwszValue points |
| 7785 | // to null, *pchValue represents the buffer size (represented in number of |
| 7786 | // characters) needed to populate the value in pwszValue. |
| 7787 | // |
| 7788 | // Return Value: |
| 7789 | // S_OK on success, else detailed error code. |
| 7790 | // |
| 7791 | // Note: |
| 7792 | // This function is called by WER only if the call to OutOfProcessExceptionEventCallback() |
| 7793 | // was successful and the value of *pbOwnershipClaimed was TRUE. This function is called |
| 7794 | // pdwSignatureCount times to collect the bucketing parameters from the helper dll. |
| 7795 | // |
| 7796 | // This function also follows the multiple call paradigm as described for the |
| 7797 | // OutOfProcessExceptionEventCallback() function. The buffer sizes needed for |
| 7798 | // this function are of the pwszName and pwszValue buffers. |
| 7799 | // |
| 7800 | // !!!READ THIS!!! |
| 7801 | // Since this is called by external modules it's important that we don't let any exceptions leak out (see Win8 95224). |
| 7802 | // |
| 7803 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7804 | STDAPI OutOfProcessExceptionEventSignatureCallback(__in PDWORD pContext, |
| 7805 | __in const PWER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION pExceptionInformation, |
| 7806 | __in DWORD dwIndex, |
| 7807 | __out_ecount(*pchName) PWSTR pwszName, |
| 7808 | __inout PDWORD pchName, |
| 7809 | __out_ecount(*pchValue) PWSTR pwszValue, |
| 7810 | __inout PDWORD pchValue) |
| 7811 | { |
| 7812 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 7813 | |
| 7814 | if ((pContext == NULL) || |
| 7815 | (pExceptionInformation == NULL) || |
| 7816 | (pExceptionInformation->dwSize < sizeof(WER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION)) || |
| 7817 | (pchName == NULL) || |
| 7818 | (pchValue == NULL)) |
| 7819 | { |
| 7820 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 7821 | } |
| 7822 | |
| 7823 | if ((pwszName == NULL) || (*pchName == 0)) |
| 7824 | { |
| 7825 | *pchName = 1; |
| 7826 | return HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER); |
| 7827 | } |
| 7828 | |
| 7829 | GenericModeBlock gmb; |
| 7830 | const PWSTR pwszBucketValues[] = {gmb.wzP1, |
| 7831 | gmb.wzP2, |
| 7832 | gmb.wzP3, |
| 7833 | gmb.wzP4, |
| 7834 | gmb.wzP5, |
| 7835 | gmb.wzP6, |
| 7836 | gmb.wzP7, |
| 7837 | gmb.wzP8, |
| 7838 | gmb.wzP9, |
| 7839 | gmb.wzP10}; |
| 7840 | |
| 7841 | HRESULT hr = E_FAIL; |
| 7842 | |
| 7843 | EX_TRY |
| 7844 | { |
| 7845 | // get Watson buckets if it is a managed exception |
| 7846 | hr = OutOfProcessExceptionEventGetWatsonBucket(pContext, pExceptionInformation, &gmb); |
| 7847 | } |
| 7848 | EX_CATCH_HRESULT(hr); |
| 7849 | |
| 7850 | #ifndef FEATURE_WINDOWSPHONE |
| 7851 | // we can't assert this on phone as it's possible for the OS to kill |
| 7852 | // the faulting process before WER crash reporting has completed. |
| 7853 | _ASSERTE(hr == S_OK); |
| 7854 | #else |
| 7855 | _ASSERTE(hr == S_OK || hr == CORDBG_E_READVIRTUAL_FAILURE); |
| 7856 | #endif |
| 7857 | if (hr != S_OK) |
| 7858 | { |
| 7859 | // S_FALSE means either it is not a managed exception or we do not have Watson buckets. |
| 7860 | // Either case is a logic error becuase this function is called by WER only if the call |
| 7861 | // to OutOfProcessExceptionEventCallback() was successful and the value of |
| 7862 | // *pbOwnershipClaimed was TRUE. |
| 7863 | if (hr == S_FALSE) |
| 7864 | { |
| 7865 | hr = E_FAIL; |
| 7866 | } |
| 7867 | |
| 7868 | return hr; |
| 7869 | } |
| 7870 | |
| 7871 | DWORD paramCount = GetCountBucketParamsForEvent(gmb.wzEventTypeName); |
| 7872 | |
| 7873 | if (dwIndex >= paramCount) |
| 7874 | { |
| 7875 | _ASSERTE(!"dwIndex is out of range" ); |
| 7876 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 7877 | } |
| 7878 | |
| 7879 | // Return pwszName as an emptry string to let WER use localized version of "Parameter n" |
| 7880 | *pwszName = W('\0'); |
| 7881 | |
| 7882 | if ((pwszValue == NULL) || (*pchValue <= wcslen(pwszBucketValues[dwIndex]))) |
| 7883 | { |
| 7884 | *pchValue = static_cast<DWORD>(wcslen(pwszBucketValues[dwIndex]))+ 1; |
| 7885 | return HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER); |
| 7886 | } |
| 7887 | |
| 7888 | // copy custom Watson bucket value |
| 7889 | wcscpy_s(pwszValue, *pchValue, pwszBucketValues[dwIndex]); |
| 7890 | |
| 7891 | return S_OK; |
| 7892 | } |
| 7893 | |
| 7894 | #endif // FEATURE_PAL |
| 7895 | |
| 7896 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7897 | // |
| 7898 | // OutOfProcessExceptionEventCallback - provide custom debugger launch string |
| 7899 | // |
| 7900 | // Arguments: |
| 7901 | // pContext - the context passed at helper module registration |
| 7902 | // pExceptionInformation - structure that contains information about the crash |
| 7903 | // pbCustomDebuggerNeeded - pointer to a BOOL. If this BOOL is set to TRUE, then |
| 7904 | // a custom debugger launch option is needed by the |
| 7905 | // process. In that case, the subsequent parameters will |
| 7906 | // be meaningfully used. If this is FALSE, the subsequent |
| 7907 | // parameters will be ignored. |
| 7908 | // pwszDebuggerLaunch - pointer to a string that will be used to launch the debugger, |
| 7909 | // if the debugger is launched. The value of this string overrides |
| 7910 | // the default debugger launch string used by WER. |
| 7911 | // pchSize - pointer to the character count of the pwszDebuggerLaunch buffer. If |
| 7912 | // pwszDebuggerLaunch points to null, *pchSize represents the buffer size |
| 7913 | // (represented in number of characters) needed to populate the debugger |
| 7914 | // launch string in pwszDebuggerLaunch. |
| 7915 | // pbAutoLaunchDebugger - pointer to a BOOL. If this BOOL is set to TRUE, WER will |
| 7916 | // directly launch the debugger. If set to FALSE, WER will show |
| 7917 | // the debug option to the user in the WER UI. |
| 7918 | // |
| 7919 | // Return Value: |
| 7920 | // S_OK on success, else detailed error code. |
| 7921 | // |
| 7922 | // Note: |
| 7923 | // This function is called into by WER only if the call to OutOfProcessExceptionEventCallback() |
| 7924 | // was successful and the value of *pbOwnershipClaimed was TRUE. This function allows the helper |
| 7925 | // dll to customize the debugger launch options including the launch string. |
| 7926 | // |
| 7927 | // This function also follows the multiple call paradigm as described for the |
| 7928 | // OutOfProcessExceptionEventCallback() function. The buffer sizes needed for |
| 7929 | // this function are of the pwszName and pwszValue buffers. |
| 7930 | // |
| 7931 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 7932 | STDAPI OutOfProcessExceptionEventDebuggerLaunchCallback(__in PDWORD pContext, |
| 7933 | __in const PWER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION pExceptionInformation, |
| 7934 | __out BOOL * pbCustomDebuggerNeeded, |
| 7935 | __out_ecount_opt(*pchSize) PWSTR pwszDebuggerLaunch, |
| 7936 | __inout PDWORD pchSize, |
| 7937 | __out BOOL * pbAutoLaunchDebugger) |
| 7938 | { |
| 7939 | SUPPORTS_DAC_HOST_ONLY; |
| 7940 | |
| 7941 | if ((pContext == NULL) || |
| 7942 | (pExceptionInformation == NULL) || |
| 7943 | (pExceptionInformation->dwSize < sizeof(WER_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION)) || |
| 7944 | (pbCustomDebuggerNeeded == NULL) || |
| 7945 | (pwszDebuggerLaunch == NULL) || |
| 7946 | (pchSize == NULL) || |
| 7947 | (pbAutoLaunchDebugger == NULL)) |
| 7948 | { |
| 7949 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 7950 | } |
| 7951 | |
| 7952 | // Starting from CLRv4 managed debugger string and setting are unified with native debuggers. |
| 7953 | // There is no need to provide custom debugger string for WER. |
| 7954 | *pbCustomDebuggerNeeded = FALSE; |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 | return S_OK; |
| 7957 | } |
| 7958 | |
| 7959 | // DacHandleEnum |
| 7960 | |
| 7961 | #include "comcallablewrapper.h" |
| 7962 | |
| 7963 | DacHandleWalker::DacHandleWalker() |
| 7964 | : mDac(0), m_instanceAge(0), mMap(0), mIndex(0), |
| 7965 | mTypeMask(0), mGenerationFilter(-1), mChunkIndex(0), mCurr(0), |
| 7966 | mIteratorIndex(0) |
| 7967 | { |
| 7968 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 7969 | } |
| 7970 | |
| 7971 | DacHandleWalker::~DacHandleWalker() |
| 7972 | { |
| 7973 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 7974 | |
| 7975 | HandleChunkHead *curr = mHead.Next; |
| 7976 | |
| 7977 | while (curr) |
| 7978 | { |
| 7979 | HandleChunkHead *tmp = curr; |
| 7980 | curr = curr->Next; |
| 7981 | delete tmp; |
| 7982 | } |
| 7983 | } |
| 7984 | |
| 7985 | HRESULT DacHandleWalker::Init(ClrDataAccess *dac, UINT types[], UINT typeCount) |
| 7986 | { |
| 7987 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 7988 | |
| 7989 | if (dac == NULL || types == NULL) |
| 7990 | return E_POINTER; |
| 7991 | |
| 7992 | mDac = dac; |
| 7993 | m_instanceAge = dac->m_instanceAge; |
| 7994 | |
| 7995 | return Init(BuildTypemask(types, typeCount)); |
| 7996 | } |
| 7997 | |
| 7998 | HRESULT DacHandleWalker::Init(ClrDataAccess *dac, UINT types[], UINT typeCount, int gen) |
| 7999 | { |
| 8000 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 8001 | |
| 8002 | if (gen < 0 || gen > (int)*g_gcDacGlobals->max_gen) |
| 8003 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 8004 | |
| 8005 | mGenerationFilter = gen; |
| 8006 | |
| 8007 | return Init(dac, types, typeCount); |
| 8008 | } |
| 8009 | |
| 8010 | HRESULT DacHandleWalker::Init(UINT32 typemask) |
| 8011 | { |
| 8012 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 8013 | |
| 8014 | mMap = g_gcDacGlobals->handle_table_map; |
| 8015 | mTypeMask = typemask; |
| 8016 | |
| 8017 | return S_OK; |
| 8018 | } |
| 8019 | |
| 8020 | UINT32 DacHandleWalker::BuildTypemask(UINT types[], UINT typeCount) |
| 8021 | { |
| 8022 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 8023 | |
| 8024 | UINT32 mask = 0; |
| 8025 | |
| 8026 | for (UINT i = 0; i < typeCount; ++i) |
| 8027 | { |
| 8028 | _ASSERTE(types[i] < 32); |
| 8029 | mask |= (1 << types[i]); |
| 8030 | } |
| 8031 | |
| 8032 | return mask; |
| 8033 | } |
| 8034 | |
| 8035 | HRESULT DacHandleWalker::Next(unsigned int celt, |
| 8036 | SOSHandleData handles[], |
| 8037 | unsigned int *pceltFetched) |
| 8038 | { |
| 8039 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 8040 | |
| 8041 | if (handles == NULL || pceltFetched == NULL) |
| 8042 | return E_POINTER; |
| 8043 | |
| 8044 | SOSHelperEnter(); |
| 8045 | |
| 8046 | hr = DoHandleWalk<SOSHandleData, unsigned int, DacHandleWalker::EnumCallbackSOS>(celt, handles, pceltFetched); |
| 8047 | |
| 8048 | SOSHelperLeave(); |
| 8049 | |
| 8050 | return hr; |
| 8051 | } |
| 8052 | |
| 8053 | bool DacHandleWalker::FetchMoreHandles(HANDLESCANPROC callback) |
| 8054 | { |
| 8055 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 8056 | |
| 8057 | // The table slots are based on the number of GC heaps in the process. |
| 8058 | int max_slots = 1; |
| 8059 | |
| 8060 | #ifdef FEATURE_SVR_GC |
| 8061 | if (GCHeapUtilities::IsServerHeap()) |
| 8062 | max_slots = GCHeapCount(); |
| 8063 | #endif // FEATURE_SVR_GC |
| 8064 | |
| 8065 | // Reset the Count on all cached chunks. We reuse chunks after allocating |
| 8066 | // them, and the count is the only thing which needs resetting. |
| 8067 | for (HandleChunkHead *curr = &mHead; curr; curr = curr->Next) |
| 8068 | curr->Count = 0; |
| 8069 | |
| 8070 | DacHandleWalkerParam param(&mHead); |
| 8071 | |
| 8072 | do |
| 8073 | { |
| 8074 | // Have we advanced past the end of the current bucket? |
| 8075 | if (mMap && mIndex >= INITIAL_HANDLE_TABLE_ARRAY_SIZE) |
| 8076 | { |
| 8077 | mIndex = 0; |
| 8078 | mMap = mMap->pNext; |
| 8079 | } |
| 8080 | |
| 8081 | // Have we walked the entire handle table map? |
| 8082 | if (mMap == NULL) |
| 8083 | { |
| 8084 | mCurr = NULL; |
| 8085 | return false; |
| 8086 | } |
| 8087 | |
| 8088 | if (mMap->pBuckets[mIndex] != NULL) |
| 8089 | { |
| 8090 | for (int i = 0; i < max_slots; ++i) |
| 8091 | { |
| 8092 | DPTR(dac_handle_table) hTable = mMap->pBuckets[mIndex]->pTable[i]; |
| 8093 | if (hTable) |
| 8094 | { |
| 8095 | // Yikes! The handle table callbacks don't produce the handle type or |
| 8096 | // the AppDomain that we need, and it's too difficult to propogate out |
| 8097 | // these things (especially the type) without worrying about performance |
| 8098 | // implications for the GC. Instead we'll have the callback walk each |
| 8099 | // type individually. There are only a few handle types, and the handle |
| 8100 | // table has a fast-path for only walking a single type anyway. |
| 8101 | UINT32 handleType = 0; |
| 8102 | for (UINT32 mask = mTypeMask; mask; mask >>= 1, handleType++) |
| 8103 | { |
| 8104 | if (mask & 1) |
| 8105 | { |
| 8106 | dac_handle_table *pTable = hTable; |
| 8107 | PTR_AppDomain pDomain = SystemDomain::GetAppDomainAtIndex(ADIndex(pTable->uADIndex)); |
| 8108 | param.AppDomain = TO_CDADDR(pDomain.GetAddr()); |
| 8109 | param.Type = handleType; |
| 8110 | |
| 8111 | // Either enumerate the handles regularly, or walk the handle |
| 8112 | // table as the GC does if a generation filter was requested. |
| 8113 | if (mGenerationFilter != -1) |
| 8114 | HndScanHandlesForGC(hTable, callback, |
| 8115 | (LPARAM)¶m, 0, |
| 8116 | &handleType, 1, |
| 8117 | mGenerationFilter, *g_gcDacGlobals->max_gen, 0); |
| 8118 | else |
| 8119 | HndEnumHandles(hTable, &handleType, 1, callback, (LPARAM)¶m, 0, FALSE); |
| 8120 | } |
| 8121 | } |
| 8122 | } |
| 8123 | } |
| 8124 | } |
| 8125 | |
| 8126 | // Stop looping as soon as we have found data. We also stop if we have a failed HRESULT during |
| 8127 | // the callback (this should indicate OOM). |
| 8128 | mIndex++; |
| 8129 | } while (mHead.Count == 0 && SUCCEEDED(param.Result)); |
| 8130 | |
| 8131 | mCurr = mHead.Next; |
| 8132 | return true; |
| 8133 | } |
| 8134 | |
| 8135 | |
| 8136 | HRESULT DacHandleWalker::Skip(unsigned int celt) |
| 8137 | { |
| 8138 | return E_NOTIMPL; |
| 8139 | } |
| 8140 | |
| 8141 | HRESULT DacHandleWalker::Reset() |
| 8142 | { |
| 8143 | return E_NOTIMPL; |
| 8144 | } |
| 8145 | |
| 8146 | HRESULT DacHandleWalker::GetCount(unsigned int *pcelt) |
| 8147 | { |
| 8148 | return E_NOTIMPL; |
| 8149 | } |
| 8150 | |
| 8151 | |
| 8152 | void DacHandleWalker::GetRefCountedHandleInfo( |
| 8153 | OBJECTREF oref, unsigned int uType, |
| 8154 | unsigned int *pRefCount, unsigned int *pJupiterRefCount, BOOL *pIsPegged, BOOL *pIsStrong) |
| 8155 | { |
| 8156 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 8157 | |
| 8158 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 8159 | if (uType == HNDTYPE_REFCOUNTED) |
| 8160 | { |
| 8161 | // get refcount from the CCW |
| 8162 | PTR_ComCallWrapper pWrap = ComCallWrapper::GetWrapperForObject(oref); |
| 8163 | if (pWrap != NULL) |
| 8164 | { |
| 8165 | if (pRefCount) |
| 8166 | *pRefCount = (unsigned int)pWrap->GetRefCount(); |
| 8167 | |
| 8168 | if (pJupiterRefCount) |
| 8169 | *pJupiterRefCount = (unsigned int)pWrap->GetJupiterRefCount(); |
| 8170 | |
| 8171 | if (pIsPegged) |
| 8172 | *pIsPegged = pWrap->IsConsideredPegged(); |
| 8173 | |
| 8174 | if (pIsStrong) |
| 8175 | *pIsStrong = pWrap->IsWrapperActive(); |
| 8176 | |
| 8177 | return; |
| 8178 | } |
| 8179 | } |
| 8180 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 8181 | |
| 8182 | if (pRefCount) |
| 8183 | *pRefCount = 0; |
| 8184 | |
| 8185 | if (pJupiterRefCount) |
| 8186 | *pJupiterRefCount = 0; |
| 8187 | |
| 8188 | if (pIsPegged) |
| 8189 | *pIsPegged = FALSE; |
| 8190 | |
| 8191 | if (pIsStrong) |
| 8192 | *pIsStrong = FALSE; |
| 8193 | } |
| 8194 | |
| 8195 | void CALLBACK DacHandleWalker::EnumCallbackSOS(PTR_UNCHECKED_OBJECTREF handle, uintptr_t *, uintptr_t param1, uintptr_t param2) |
| 8196 | { |
| 8197 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
| 8198 | |
| 8199 | DacHandleWalkerParam *param = (DacHandleWalkerParam *)param1; |
| 8200 | HandleChunkHead *curr = param->Curr; |
| 8201 | |
| 8202 | // If we failed on a previous call (OOM) don't keep trying to allocate, it's not going to work. |
| 8203 | if (FAILED(param->Result)) |
| 8204 | return; |
| 8205 | |
| 8206 | // We've moved past the size of the current chunk. We'll allocate a new chunk |
| 8207 | // and stuff the handles there. These are cleaned up by the destructor |
| 8208 | if (curr->Count >= (curr->Size/sizeof(SOSHandleData))) |
| 8209 | { |
| 8210 | if (curr->Next == NULL) |
| 8211 | { |
| 8212 | HandleChunk *next = new (nothrow) HandleChunk; |
| 8213 | if (next != NULL) |
| 8214 | { |
| 8215 | curr->Next = next; |
| 8216 | } |
| 8217 | else |
| 8218 | { |
| 8219 | param->Result = E_OUTOFMEMORY; |
| 8220 | return; |
| 8221 | } |
| 8222 | } |
| 8223 | |
| 8224 | curr = param->Curr = param->Curr->Next; |
| 8225 | } |
| 8226 | |
| 8227 | // Fill the current handle. |
| 8228 | SOSHandleData *dataArray = (SOSHandleData*)curr->pData; |
| 8229 | SOSHandleData &data = dataArray[curr->Count++]; |
| 8230 | |
| 8231 | data.Handle = TO_CDADDR(handle.GetAddr()); |
| 8232 | data.Type = param->Type; |
| 8233 | if (param->Type == HNDTYPE_DEPENDENT) |
| 8234 | data.Secondary = GetDependentHandleSecondary(handle.GetAddr()).GetAddr(); |
| 8235 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 8236 | else if (param->Type == HNDTYPE_WEAK_WINRT) |
| 8237 | data.Secondary = HndGetHandleExtraInfo(handle.GetAddr()); |
| 8238 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
| 8239 | else |
| 8240 | data.Secondary = 0; |
| 8241 | data.AppDomain = param->AppDomain; |
| 8242 | GetRefCountedHandleInfo((OBJECTREF)*handle, param->Type, &data.RefCount, &data.JupiterRefCount, &data.IsPegged, &data.StrongReference); |
| 8243 | data.StrongReference |= (BOOL)IsAlwaysStrongReference(param->Type); |
| 8244 | } |
| 8245 | |
| 8246 | DacStackReferenceWalker::DacStackReferenceWalker(ClrDataAccess *dac, DWORD osThreadID) |
| 8247 | : mDac(dac), m_instanceAge(dac ? dac->m_instanceAge : 0), mThread(0), mErrors(0), mEnumerated(false), |
| 8248 | mChunkIndex(0), mCurr(0), mIteratorIndex(0) |
| 8249 | { |
| 8250 | Thread *curr = NULL; |
| 8251 | |
| 8252 | for (curr = ThreadStore::GetThreadList(curr); |
| 8253 | curr; |
| 8254 | curr = ThreadStore::GetThreadList(curr)) |
| 8255 | { |
| 8256 | if (curr->GetOSThreadId() == osThreadID) |
| 8257 | { |
| 8258 | mThread = curr; |
| 8259 | break; |
| 8260 | } |
| 8261 | } |
| 8262 | } |
| 8263 | |
| 8264 | DacStackReferenceWalker::~DacStackReferenceWalker() |
| 8265 | { |
| 8266 | StackRefChunkHead *curr = mHead.next; |
| 8267 | |
| 8268 | while (curr) |
| 8269 | { |
| 8270 | StackRefChunkHead *tmp = curr; |
| 8271 | curr = curr->next; |
| 8272 | delete tmp; |
| 8273 | } |
| 8274 | } |
| 8275 | |
| 8276 | HRESULT DacStackReferenceWalker::Init() |
| 8277 | { |
| 8278 | if (!mThread) |
| 8279 | return E_INVALIDARG; |
| 8280 | return mHeap.Init(); |
| 8281 | } |
| 8282 | |
| 8283 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE DacStackReferenceWalker::Skip(unsigned int count) |
| 8284 | { |
| 8285 | return E_NOTIMPL; |
| 8286 | } |
| 8287 | |
| 8288 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE DacStackReferenceWalker::Reset() |
| 8289 | { |
| 8290 | return E_NOTIMPL; |
| 8291 | } |
| 8292 | |
| 8293 | HRESULT DacStackReferenceWalker::GetCount(unsigned int *pCount) |
| 8294 | { |
| 8295 | if (!pCount) |
| 8296 | return E_POINTER; |
| 8297 | |
| 8298 | SOSHelperEnter(); |
| 8299 | |
| 8300 | if (!mEnumerated) |
| 8301 | { |
| 8302 | // Fill out our data structures. |
| 8303 | WalkStack<unsigned int, SOSStackRefData>(0, NULL, DacStackReferenceWalker::GCReportCallbackSOS, DacStackReferenceWalker::GCEnumCallbackSOS); |
| 8304 | } |
| 8305 | |
| 8306 | unsigned int count = 0; |
| 8307 | for(StackRefChunkHead *curr = &mHead; curr; curr = curr->next) |
| 8308 | count += curr->count; |
| 8309 | |
| 8310 | *pCount = count; |
| 8311 | |
| 8312 | SOSHelperLeave(); |
| 8313 | return hr; |
| 8314 | } |
| 8315 | |
| 8316 | HRESULT DacStackReferenceWalker::Next(unsigned int count, |
| 8317 | SOSStackRefData stackRefs[], |
| 8318 | unsigned int *pFetched) |
| 8319 | { |
| 8320 | if (stackRefs == NULL || pFetched == NULL) |
| 8321 | return E_POINTER; |
| 8322 | |
| 8323 | SOSHelperEnter(); |
| 8324 | |
| 8325 | hr = DoStackWalk<unsigned int, SOSStackRefData, |
| 8326 | DacStackReferenceWalker::GCReportCallbackSOS, |
| 8327 | DacStackReferenceWalker::GCEnumCallbackSOS> |
| 8328 | (count, stackRefs, pFetched); |
| 8329 | |
| 8330 | SOSHelperLeave(); |
| 8331 | |
| 8332 | return hr; |
| 8333 | } |
| 8334 | |
| 8335 | HRESULT DacStackReferenceWalker::EnumerateErrors(ISOSStackRefErrorEnum **ppEnum) |
| 8336 | { |
| 8337 | if (!ppEnum) |
| 8338 | return E_POINTER; |
| 8339 | |
| 8340 | SOSHelperEnter(); |
| 8341 | |
| 8342 | if (mThread) |
| 8343 | { |
| 8344 | // Fill out our data structures. |
| 8345 | WalkStack<unsigned int, SOSStackRefData>(0, NULL, DacStackReferenceWalker::GCReportCallbackSOS, DacStackReferenceWalker::GCEnumCallbackSOS); |
| 8346 | } |
| 8347 | |
| 8348 | DacStackReferenceErrorEnum *pEnum = new DacStackReferenceErrorEnum(this, mErrors); |
| 8349 | hr = pEnum->QueryInterface(__uuidof(ISOSStackRefErrorEnum), (void**)ppEnum); |
| 8350 | |
| 8351 | SOSHelperLeave(); |
| 8352 | return hr; |
| 8353 | } |
| 8354 | |
| 8355 | CLRDATA_ADDRESS DacStackReferenceWalker::ReadPointer(TADDR addr) |
| 8356 | { |
| 8357 | ULONG32 bytesRead = 0; |
| 8358 | TADDR result = 0; |
| 8359 | HRESULT hr = mDac->m_pTarget->ReadVirtual(addr, (BYTE*)&result, sizeof(TADDR), &bytesRead); |
| 8360 | |
| 8361 | if (FAILED(hr) || (bytesRead != sizeof(TADDR))) |
| 8362 | return (CLRDATA_ADDRESS)~0; |
| 8363 | |
| 8364 | return TO_CDADDR(result); |
| 8365 | } |
| 8366 | |
| 8367 | |
| 8368 | void DacStackReferenceWalker::GCEnumCallbackSOS(LPVOID hCallback, OBJECTREF *pObject, uint32_t flags, DacSlotLocation loc) |
| 8369 | { |
| 8370 | GCCONTEXT *gcctx = (GCCONTEXT *)hCallback; |
| 8371 | DacScanContext *dsc = (DacScanContext*)gcctx->sc; |
| 8372 | |
| 8373 | // Yuck. The GcInfoDecoder reports a local pointer for registers (as it's reading out of the REGDISPLAY |
| 8374 | // in the stack walk), and it reports a TADDR for stack locations. This is architecturally difficulty |
| 8375 | // to fix, so we are leaving it for now. |
| 8376 | TADDR addr = 0; |
| 8377 | TADDR obj = 0; |
| 8378 | |
| 8379 | if (loc.targetPtr) |
| 8380 | { |
| 8381 | addr = (TADDR)pObject; |
| 8382 | obj = TO_TADDR(dsc->pWalker->ReadPointer((CORDB_ADDRESS)addr)); |
| 8383 | } |
| 8384 | else |
| 8385 | { |
| 8386 | obj = pObject->GetAddr(); |
| 8387 | } |
| 8388 | |
| 8389 | if (flags & GC_CALL_INTERIOR) |
| 8390 | { |
| 8391 | CORDB_ADDRESS fixed_obj = 0; |
| 8392 | HRESULT hr = dsc->pWalker->mHeap.ListNearObjects((CORDB_ADDRESS)obj, NULL, &fixed_obj, NULL); |
| 8393 | |
| 8394 | // If we failed...oh well, SOS won't mind. We'll just report the interior pointer as is. |
| 8395 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) |
| 8396 | obj = TO_TADDR(fixed_obj); |
| 8397 | } |
| 8398 | |
| 8399 | SOSStackRefData *data = dsc->pWalker->GetNextObject<SOSStackRefData>(dsc); |
| 8400 | if (data != NULL) |
| 8401 | { |
| 8402 | // Report where the object and where it was found. |
| 8403 | data->HasRegisterInformation = true; |
| 8404 | data->Register = loc.reg; |
| 8405 | data->Offset = loc.regOffset; |
| 8406 | data->Address = TO_CDADDR(addr); |
| 8407 | data->Object = TO_CDADDR(obj); |
| 8408 | data->Flags = flags; |
| 8409 | |
| 8410 | // Report the frame that the data came from. |
| 8411 | data->StackPointer = TO_CDADDR(dsc->sp); |
| 8412 | |
| 8413 | if (dsc->pFrame) |
| 8414 | { |
| 8415 | data->SourceType = SOS_StackSourceFrame; |
| 8416 | data->Source = dac_cast<PTR_Frame>(dsc->pFrame).GetAddr(); |
| 8417 | } |
| 8418 | else |
| 8419 | { |
| 8420 | data->SourceType = SOS_StackSourceIP; |
| 8421 | data->Source = TO_CDADDR(dsc->pc); |
| 8422 | } |
| 8423 | } |
| 8424 | } |
| 8425 | |
| 8426 | |
| 8427 | void DacStackReferenceWalker::GCReportCallbackSOS(PTR_PTR_Object ppObj, ScanContext *sc, uint32_t flags) |
| 8428 | { |
| 8429 | DacScanContext *dsc = (DacScanContext*)sc; |
| 8430 | CLRDATA_ADDRESS obj = dsc->pWalker->ReadPointer(ppObj.GetAddr()); |
| 8431 | |
| 8432 | if (flags & GC_CALL_INTERIOR) |
| 8433 | { |
| 8434 | CORDB_ADDRESS fixed_addr = 0; |
| 8435 | HRESULT hr = dsc->pWalker->mHeap.ListNearObjects((CORDB_ADDRESS)obj, NULL, &fixed_addr, NULL); |
| 8436 | |
| 8437 | // If we failed...oh well, SOS won't mind. We'll just report the interior pointer as is. |
| 8438 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) |
| 8439 | obj = TO_CDADDR(fixed_addr); |
| 8440 | } |
| 8441 | |
| 8442 | SOSStackRefData *data = dsc->pWalker->GetNextObject<SOSStackRefData>(dsc); |
| 8443 | if (data != NULL) |
| 8444 | { |
| 8445 | data->HasRegisterInformation = false; |
| 8446 | data->Register = 0; |
| 8447 | data->Offset = 0; |
| 8448 | data->Address = ppObj.GetAddr(); |
| 8449 | data->Object = obj; |
| 8450 | data->Flags = flags; |
| 8451 | data->StackPointer = TO_CDADDR(dsc->sp); |
| 8452 | |
| 8453 | if (dsc->pFrame) |
| 8454 | { |
| 8455 | data->SourceType = SOS_StackSourceFrame; |
| 8456 | data->Source = dac_cast<PTR_Frame>(dsc->pFrame).GetAddr(); |
| 8457 | } |
| 8458 | else |
| 8459 | { |
| 8460 | data->SourceType = SOS_StackSourceIP; |
| 8461 | data->Source = TO_CDADDR(dsc->pc); |
| 8462 | } |
| 8463 | } |
| 8464 | } |
| 8465 | |
| 8466 | StackWalkAction DacStackReferenceWalker::Callback(CrawlFrame *pCF, VOID *pData) |
| 8467 | { |
| 8468 | // |
| 8469 | // KEEP IN SYNC WITH GcStackCrawlCallBack in vm\gcscan.cpp |
| 8470 | // |
| 8471 | |
| 8472 | GCCONTEXT *gcctx = (GCCONTEXT*)pData; |
| 8473 | DacScanContext *dsc = (DacScanContext*)gcctx->sc; |
| 8474 | |
| 8475 | MethodDesc *pMD = pCF->GetFunction(); |
| 8476 | gcctx->sc->pMD = pMD; |
| 8477 | gcctx->sc->pCurrentDomain = pCF->GetAppDomain(); |
| 8478 | |
| 8479 | PREGDISPLAY pRD = pCF->GetRegisterSet(); |
| 8480 | dsc->sp = (TADDR)GetRegdisplaySP(pRD);; |
| 8481 | dsc->pc = PCODEToPINSTR(GetControlPC(pRD)); |
| 8482 | |
| 8483 | ResetPointerHolder<CrawlFrame*> rph(&gcctx->cf); |
| 8484 | gcctx->cf = pCF; |
| 8485 | |
| 8486 | bool fReportGCReferences = true; |
| 8487 | #if defined(WIN64EXCEPTIONS) |
| 8488 | // On Win64 and ARM, we may have unwound this crawlFrame and thus, shouldn't report the invalid |
| 8489 | // references it may contain. |
| 8490 | // todo. |
| 8491 | fReportGCReferences = pCF->ShouldCrawlframeReportGCReferences(); |
| 8492 | #endif // defined(WIN64EXCEPTIONS) |
| 8493 | |
| 8494 | Frame *pFrame = ((DacScanContext*)gcctx->sc)->pFrame = pCF->GetFrame(); |
| 8495 | |
| 8496 | EX_TRY |
| 8497 | { |
| 8498 | if (fReportGCReferences) |
| 8499 | { |
| 8500 | if (pCF->IsFrameless()) |
| 8501 | { |
| 8502 | ICodeManager * pCM = pCF->GetCodeManager(); |
| 8503 | _ASSERTE(pCM != NULL); |
| 8504 | |
| 8505 | unsigned flags = pCF->GetCodeManagerFlags(); |
| 8506 | |
| 8507 | pCM->EnumGcRefs(pCF->GetRegisterSet(), |
| 8508 | pCF->GetCodeInfo(), |
| 8509 | flags, |
| 8510 | dsc->pEnumFunc, |
| 8511 | pData); |
| 8512 | } |
| 8513 | else |
| 8514 | { |
| 8515 | pFrame->GcScanRoots(gcctx->f, gcctx->sc); |
| 8516 | } |
| 8517 | } |
| 8518 | } |
| 8519 | EX_CATCH |
| 8520 | { |
| 8521 | SOSStackErrorList *err = new SOSStackErrorList; |
| 8522 | err->pNext = NULL; |
| 8523 | |
| 8524 | if (pFrame) |
| 8525 | { |
| 8526 | err->error.SourceType = SOS_StackSourceFrame; |
| 8527 | err->error.Source = dac_cast<PTR_Frame>(pFrame).GetAddr(); |
| 8528 | } |
| 8529 | else |
| 8530 | { |
| 8531 | err->error.SourceType = SOS_StackSourceIP; |
| 8532 | err->error.Source = TO_CDADDR(dsc->pc); |
| 8533 | } |
| 8534 | |
| 8535 | if (dsc->pWalker->mErrors == NULL) |
| 8536 | { |
| 8537 | dsc->pWalker->mErrors = err; |
| 8538 | } |
| 8539 | else |
| 8540 | { |
| 8541 | // This exception case should be non-existent. It only happens when there is either |
| 8542 | // a clr!Frame on the callstack which is not properly dac-ized, or when a call down |
| 8543 | // EnumGcRefs causes a data read exception. Since this is so rare, we don't worry |
| 8544 | // about making this code very efficient. |
| 8545 | SOSStackErrorList *curr = dsc->pWalker->mErrors; |
| 8546 | while (curr->pNext) |
| 8547 | curr = curr->pNext; |
| 8548 | |
| 8549 | curr->pNext = err; |
| 8550 | } |
| 8551 | } |
| 8552 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
| 8553 | |
| 8554 | #if 0 |
| 8555 | // todo |
| 8556 | |
| 8557 | // If we're executing a LCG dynamic method then we must promote the associated resolver to ensure it |
| 8558 | // doesn't get collected and yank the method code out from under us). |
| 8559 | |
| 8560 | // Be careful to only promote the reference -- we can also be called to relocate the reference and |
| 8561 | // that can lead to all sorts of problems since we could be racing for the relocation with the long |
| 8562 | // weak handle we recover the reference from. Promoting the reference is enough, the handle in the |
| 8563 | // reference will be relocated properly as long as we keep it alive till the end of the collection |
| 8564 | // as long as the reference is actually maintained by the long weak handle. |
| 8565 | if (pMD) |
| 8566 | { |
| 8567 | BOOL fMaybeCollectibleMethod = TRUE; |
| 8568 | |
| 8569 | // If this is a frameless method then the jitmanager can answer the question of whether |
| 8570 | // or not this is LCG simply by looking at the heap where the code lives, however there |
| 8571 | // is also the prestub case where we need to explicitly look at the MD for stuff that isn't |
| 8572 | // ngen'd |
| 8573 | if (pCF->IsFrameless() && pMD->IsLCGMethod()) |
| 8574 | { |
| 8575 | fMaybeCollectibleMethod = ExecutionManager::IsCollectibleMethod(pCF->GetMethodToken()); |
| 8576 | } |
| 8577 | |
| 8578 | if (fMaybeCollectibleMethod && pMD->IsLCGMethod()) |
| 8579 | { |
| 8580 | PTR_Object obj = OBJECTREFToObject(pMD->AsDynamicMethodDesc()->GetLCGMethodResolver()->GetManagedResolver()); |
| 8581 | dsc->pWalker->ReportObject(obj); |
| 8582 | } |
| 8583 | else |
| 8584 | { |
| 8585 | if (fMaybeCollectibleMethod) |
| 8586 | { |
| 8587 | PTR_Object obj = pMD->GetLoaderAllocator()->GetExposedObject(); |
| 8588 | dsc->pWalker->ReportObject(obj); |
| 8589 | } |
| 8590 | |
| 8591 | if (fReportGCReferences) |
| 8592 | { |
| 8593 | GenericParamContextType paramContextType = GENERIC_PARAM_CONTEXT_NONE; |
| 8594 | |
| 8595 | if (pCF->IsFrameless()) |
| 8596 | { |
| 8597 | // We need to grab the Context Type here because there are cases where the MethodDesc |
| 8598 | // is shared, and thus indicates there should be an instantion argument, but the JIT |
| 8599 | // was still allowed to optimize it away and we won't grab it below because we're not |
| 8600 | // reporting any references from this frame. |
| 8601 | paramContextType = pCF->GetCodeManager()->GetParamContextType(pCF->GetRegisterSet(), pCF->GetCodeInfo()); |
| 8602 | } |
| 8603 | else |
| 8604 | { |
| 8605 | if (pMD->RequiresInstMethodDescArg()) |
| 8606 | paramContextType = GENERIC_PARAM_CONTEXT_METHODDESC; |
| 8607 | else if (pMD->RequiresInstMethodTableArg()) |
| 8608 | paramContextType = GENERIC_PARAM_CONTEXT_METHODTABLE; |
| 8609 | } |
| 8610 | |
| 8611 | // Handle the case where the method is a static shared generic method and we need to keep the type of the generic parameters alive |
| 8612 | if (paramContextType == GENERIC_PARAM_CONTEXT_METHODDESC) |
| 8613 | { |
| 8614 | MethodDesc *pMDReal = dac_cast<PTR_MethodDesc>(pCF->GetParamTypeArg()); |
| 8615 | _ASSERTE((pMDReal != NULL) || !pCF->IsFrameless()); |
| 8616 | if (pMDReal != NULL) |
| 8617 | { |
| 8618 | PTR_Object obj = pMDReal->GetLoaderAllocator()->GetExposedObject(); |
| 8619 | dsc->pWalker->ReportObject(obj); |
| 8620 | } |
| 8621 | } |
| 8622 | else if (paramContextType == GENERIC_PARAM_CONTEXT_METHODTABLE) |
| 8623 | { |
| 8624 | MethodTable *pMTReal = dac_cast<PTR_MethodTable>(pCF->GetParamTypeArg()); |
| 8625 | _ASSERTE((pMTReal != NULL) || !pCF->IsFrameless()); |
| 8626 | if (pMTReal != NULL) |
| 8627 | { |
| 8628 | PTR_Object obj = pMTReal->GetLoaderAllocator()->GetExposedObject(); |
| 8629 | dsc->pWalker->ReportObject(obj); |
| 8630 | } |
| 8631 | } |
| 8632 | } |
| 8633 | } |
| 8634 | } |
| 8635 | #endif |
| 8636 | |
| 8637 | return SWA_CONTINUE; |
| 8638 | } |
| 8639 | |
| 8640 | |
| 8641 | DacStackReferenceErrorEnum::DacStackReferenceErrorEnum(DacStackReferenceWalker *pEnum, SOSStackErrorList *pErrors) |
| 8642 | : mEnum(pEnum), mHead(pErrors), mCurr(pErrors) |
| 8643 | { |
| 8644 | _ASSERTE(mEnum); |
| 8645 | |
| 8646 | if (mHead != NULL) |
| 8647 | mEnum->AddRef(); |
| 8648 | } |
| 8649 | |
| 8650 | DacStackReferenceErrorEnum::~DacStackReferenceErrorEnum() |
| 8651 | { |
| 8652 | if (mHead) |
| 8653 | mEnum->Release(); |
| 8654 | } |
| 8655 | |
| 8656 | HRESULT DacStackReferenceErrorEnum::Skip(unsigned int count) |
| 8657 | { |
| 8658 | unsigned int i = 0; |
| 8659 | for (i = 0; i < count && mCurr; ++i) |
| 8660 | mCurr = mCurr->pNext; |
| 8661 | |
| 8662 | return i < count ? S_FALSE : S_OK; |
| 8663 | } |
| 8664 | |
| 8665 | HRESULT DacStackReferenceErrorEnum::Reset() |
| 8666 | { |
| 8667 | mCurr = mHead; |
| 8668 | |
| 8669 | return S_OK; |
| 8670 | } |
| 8671 | |
| 8672 | HRESULT DacStackReferenceErrorEnum::GetCount(unsigned int *pCount) |
| 8673 | { |
| 8674 | SOSStackErrorList *curr = mHead; |
| 8675 | unsigned int count = 0; |
| 8676 | |
| 8677 | while (curr) |
| 8678 | { |
| 8679 | curr = curr->pNext; |
| 8680 | count++; |
| 8681 | } |
| 8682 | |
| 8683 | *pCount = count; |
| 8684 | return S_OK; |
| 8685 | } |
| 8686 | |
| 8687 | HRESULT DacStackReferenceErrorEnum::Next(unsigned int count, SOSStackRefError ref[], unsigned int *pFetched) |
| 8688 | { |
| 8689 | if (pFetched == NULL || ref == NULL) |
| 8690 | return E_POINTER; |
| 8691 | |
| 8692 | unsigned int i; |
| 8693 | for (i = 0; i < count && mCurr; ++i, mCurr = mCurr->pNext) |
| 8694 | ref[i] = mCurr->error; |
| 8695 | |
| 8696 | *pFetched = i; |
| 8697 | return i < count ? S_FALSE : S_OK; |
| 8698 | } |
| 8699 | |